WO2007084451A1 - Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders - Google Patents

Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007084451A1
WO2007084451A1 PCT/US2007/001025 US2007001025W WO2007084451A1 WO 2007084451 A1 WO2007084451 A1 WO 2007084451A1 US 2007001025 W US2007001025 W US 2007001025W WO 2007084451 A1 WO2007084451 A1 WO 2007084451A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
alkyl
aryl
heterocyclyl
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2007/001025
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Brian J. Lavey
Joseph A. Kozlowski
Guowei Zhou
Ling Tong
Wensheng Yu
Michael K.C. Wong
Bandarpalle B. Shankar
Neng-Yang Shih
M. Arshad Siddiqui
Kristin E. Rosner
Chaoyang Dai
Janeta Popovici-Muller
Vinay M. Girijavallabhan
Dansu Li
Razia Rizvi
Lei Chen
De-Yi Yang
Robert Feltz
Seong-Heon Kim
Original Assignee
Schering Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=38038495&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2007084451(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Schering Corporation filed Critical Schering Corporation
Priority to CA002637196A priority Critical patent/CA2637196A1/en
Priority to BRPI0706599-0A priority patent/BRPI0706599A2/en
Priority to EP07716634.6A priority patent/EP1973901B1/en
Priority to JP2008551310A priority patent/JP2009523796A/en
Priority to AU2007207707A priority patent/AU2007207707A1/en
Publication of WO2007084451A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007084451A1/en
Priority to IL192690A priority patent/IL192690A0/en
Priority to NO20083567A priority patent/NO20083567L/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/044—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C07D491/048—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring the oxygen-containing ring being five-membered
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4178—1,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A61P29/02—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID] without antiinflammatory effect
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06—Antimalarials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04—Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/02—Non-specific cardiovascular stimulants, e.g. drugs for syncope, antihypotensives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates generally to novel hydantoin derivatives that can inhibit matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs), a disintegrin and metalloproteases (ADAMs) and/or tumor necrosis factor alpha - converting enzyme (TACE) and in so doing prevent the release of tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods of treatment using such compounds.
  • MMPs matrix metalloproteinases
  • ADAMs disintegrin and metalloproteases
  • TACE tumor necrosis factor alpha - converting enzyme
  • Osteo- and rheumatoid arthritis are destructive diseases of articular cartilage characterized by localized erosion of the cartilage surface. Findings have shown that articular cartilage from the femoral heads of patients with OA, for example, had a reduced incorporation of radiolabeled sulfate over controls, suggesting that there must be an enhanced rate of cartilage degradation in OA (Mankin et al. J. Bone Joint Surg. 52A (1970) 424-434).
  • MPs Metalloproteases
  • MMPs are a family of over 20 different enzymes that are involved in a variety of biological processes important in the uncontrolled breakdown of connective tissue, including proteoglycan and collagen, leading to resorption of the extracellular matrix. This is a feature of many pathological conditions, such as RA and OA, corneal, epidermal or gastric ulceration; tumor metastasis or invasion; periodontal disease and bone disease. Normally these catabolic enzymes are tightly regulated at the level of their synthesis as well as at their level of extracellular activity through the action of specific inhibitors, such as alpha-2-macroglobulins and TIMPs (tissue inhibitor of MPs), which form inactive complexes with the MMP's.
  • specific inhibitors such as alpha-2-macroglobulins and TIMPs (tissue inhibitor of MPs)
  • Tumor necrosis factor alpha is a cell-associated cytokine that is processed from a 26 kDa precursor form to a 17 kd active form. See Black R.A. "Tumor necrosis factor-alpha converting enzyme” lnt J Biochem Cell Biol. 2002 Jan; 34(1 ):1-5 and Moss ML, White JM, Lambert MH, Andrews RC 1 TACE and other ADAM proteases as targets for drug discovery" Drug Discov Today. 2001 Apr 1 ;6(8):417-426, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • TNF- ⁇ has been shown to play a pivotal role in immune and inflammatory responses. Inappropriate or over-expression of TNF- ⁇ is a hallmark of a number of diseases, including RA, Crohn's disease, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis and sepsis. Inhibition of TNF- ⁇ production has been shown to be beneficial in many preclinical models of inflammatory disease, making inhibition of TNF- ⁇ production or signaling an appealing target for the development of novel anti-inflammatory drugs.
  • TNF- ⁇ is a primary mediator in humans and animals of inflammation, fever and acute phase responses, similar to those observed during acute infection and shock. Excess TNF- ⁇ has been shown to be lethal. Blocking the effects of TNF- ⁇ with specific antibodies can be beneficial in a variety of conditions, including autoimmune diseases such as RA (Feldman et al, Lancet, (1994) 344, 1105), non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (Lohmander L. S. et al., Arthritis Rheum. 36 (1993) 1214-22) and Crohn's disease (Macdonald T. et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 81 (1990) 301).
  • RA Paindman et al, Lancet, (1994) 344, 1105
  • non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus Lihmander L. S. et al., Arthritis Rheum. 36 (1993) 1214-22
  • Crohn's disease Macdonald T. e
  • TNF- ⁇ Compounds that inhibit the production of TNF- ⁇ are therefore of therapeutic importance for the treatment of inflammatory disorders. Recently it has been shown that metalloproteases, such as TACE, are capable of converting TNF- ⁇ from its inactive to active form (Gearing et al Nature, 1994, 370, 555). Since excessive TNF- ⁇ production has been noted in several disease conditions also characterized by MMP-mediated tissue degradation, compounds which inhibit both MMPs and TNF- ⁇ production may also have a particular advantage in diseases where both mechanisms are involved.
  • TACE is a member of the ADAM family of type I membrane proteins and mediates the ectodomain shedding of various membrane-anchored signaling and adhesion proteins. TACE has become increasingly important in the study of several diseases, including inflammatory disease, because of its role in cleaving TNF- ⁇ from its "stalk" sequence and thus releasing the soluble form of the TNF- ⁇ protein (Black R.A. lnt J Biochem Cell Biol. 200234,1-5).
  • PCT Publications WO2004024698 and WO2004024715 disclose sulphonamide derivatives that are potential inhibitors of MMPs.
  • PCT Publications WO2004056766, WO2003053940 and WO2003053941 also describe potential inhibitors of TACE and MMPs.
  • PCT Publication WO2006/019768 refers to hydantoin derivatives that are TACE inhibitors.
  • the present invention provides a novel class of compounds as inhibitors of TACE, the production of TNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMs, aggrecanase, or any combination thereof, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more such compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition or amelioration of one or more diseases associated with TACE, aggrecanaseTNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof using such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the present application discloses a compound represented by Formula (I):
  • ring A is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with -Y-R 1 and -Z-R 2 as shown;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of -S-.-O-, -S(O) 2 -, S(O)-,
  • T is alkynyl
  • V is selected from the group consisting H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and N-oxides of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and N oxides of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl contains two radicals on same or adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring, wherein each of the aforementioned cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocycl
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R 4 J 2 )D-, -N(R 4 )-, -C(O)N(R 4 )-, -N(R 4 )C(O)-, -N(R 4 JC(O)N(R 4 )-, -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )-, -N(R 4 )-S(O) 2 -, -O-.-S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n -,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, cyano, alkynyl, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight- membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of the R 1 alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with the five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is ⁇ nsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 20 moieties which can be the same or different; with the proviso that when Y is -
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, cyano, alkynyl, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight- membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of the R 2 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with the five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 20 moieties which can be the same or different; with the proviso that when Y is - N
  • each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -alkylcycloalkyl, - alkyl-N(alkyl)2, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro,
  • the ring labeled A is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with -Y-R 1 and -Z-R 2 as shown;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of -S-,-O-, -C(R ) 2 - or -N(R )- ;
  • T is absent or present, and if present, T is selected from the group consisting of H (with U and V being absent), alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl-, and arylalkyl-, said aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl-, and arylalkyl- being optionally fused with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of any of the aforementioned alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl groups of T is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 10 moieties which can be the same or different, each R 10 moiety being
  • U is absent or present, and if present U is selected from the group consisting of alkynyl, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, and -C(O)NR 4 -;
  • V is absent or present, and if present V is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl-, and arylalkyl-, said aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl- and arylalkyl- being optionally fused with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of any of the aforementioned alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 10 moieties which can be the same or different, each R 10 moiety being independently selected from the group of R 10 moieties below;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n -,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n -,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, -OR 4 , cyano, -C(O)OR 4 , -C(O)N(R 4 ) 2 , halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of the alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl groups of R is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 20 moieties which can be the same or different, each R 20 moiety being independently selected from the group of R 20 moieties below, with the proviso that when Y is present and Y is N, S or O, then R 1 is not halogen or cyano;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of H, -OR 4 , cyano, -C(O)OR 4 , -C(O)N(R 4 )2, halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of the alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl,
  • R 2 heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl groups of R is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 20 moieties which can be the same or different, each R 20 moiety being independently selected from the group of R 20 moieties below, with the proviso that when Z is present and Z is N, S or O, then R 2 is not halogen; each R 3 is the same of different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl;
  • each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, — OR , -SR , -N(R ) 2 , -S(O)R 4 -, -S(O) 2 R 4 -, -N(R 4 JS(O) 2 R 4 , -S(O) 2 N(R 4 J 2 , -O(fluoroalkyl), -C(O)OR 4 , -C(O)N(R 4 )2, halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of the alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl groups of R is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 30 moieties which can be the same or different, each R 30 moiety being
  • R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl,
  • R R i iss sseelleecctteedd ffrroonm the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, -N(R 4 J 2 , and -C(O)N(R 4 J 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula I can be useful as inhibitors of TACE and may be useful in the treatment and prevention of diseases associated with TACE, TNF- ⁇ , MMPs 1 ADAMs or any combination thereof.
  • the present invention provides a novel class of inhibitors of TACE, aggrecanase, the production of TNF- ⁇ , MMPs 1 ADAMs or any combination thereof, pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more of the compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms of inflammation.
  • the present invention provides compounds which are represented by structural Formula (I)-(IV) above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above.
  • the isomer referred to the in the preceding paragraph is a stereoisomer.
  • the labeled ring A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, and
  • ring A is phenyl which is substituted with -Y-R 1 and -Z-R 2 as shown.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of -(C(R 3 ) 2 ) m - and -N(R 3 )-.
  • X is X is -(C(R 3 )2)m. wherein m is 1 or 2.
  • 1 X is is ⁇ iC(R 3 ) 2 ) m , wherein m is
  • R 3 is H.
  • X is is -(C(R 3 ) 2 )m, wherein m 1 , and wherein R 3 is H.
  • T is -CsC-.
  • V is selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, and N-oxide of said heteroaryl; wherein when each of the aforementioned aryl, and heteroaryl contains two radicals on same or adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl and heteroaryl optionally with said five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one to four R 10 moieties which can be the same or different.
  • V is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, imidazoly, benzimidazolyl, furazanyl, pyridyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, quinolinyl, isopquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl,
  • each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -alkylcycloalkyl, -alkyl-N(alkyl) 2 , heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkoxy, cyano, -S(O) 2 - alkyl, -NH 2 , -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl) 2 , cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, - alkyl-heterocyclyl, -cycloalkyl-NH 2 , -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , -S(O) 2 alkyl, -C(O)NH 2 , hydroxy, -C(O)N(H)(cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(H)(alkyl), -N(H)(cycloalkyl), -C(O)O- alkyl, -C(O)OH, -S(O) 2 N(H)(alkyl), -C(O) 2 N(H
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, nitro, methyl, fluoro, bromo, trifluoromethyl, chloro, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, hydroxy!, cyano, -S(O) 2 CHs, - NH 2 , isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -cyclopropyl-NH 2 ,
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond and -O-.
  • Y is a covalent bond. In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Y is -O-.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond and -O-.
  • Z is -O-.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R 1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with an aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein when said aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substitutent of said R 1 alkyl optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 20 moieties.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R 1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with an aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein when said aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substitutent of said R 1 alkyl optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R 20 moieties.
  • R 1 is halogen or cyano.
  • R 1 is fluoro, chloro, or cyano.
  • Y is -O-, and R 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R 1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with a heteroaryl, wherein when said heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- or six-membered aryl; wherein said heteroaryl substituent of said R 1 alkyl, optionally with said five- or six-membered aryl is substituted with alkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of CH 3 , -CH 2 -C ⁇ C-CH 3 , difluoromethyl, and
  • the compound of Formula (I) is represented by the compound of formula (III):
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is represented by the compound of formula (IV):
  • X is -CH2-.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds listed in the table below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof. This table also lists the mass spectroscopy data and the Ki rating for each compound.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of;
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of: or a phar
  • Patient includes both human and animals.
  • “Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.
  • Alkyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl)2, carboxy and -C(O)O-alkyl.
  • substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl)2, carboxy and -C(O)O-alkyl.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-
  • Alkenyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain.
  • “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2- enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
  • Alkynyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain.
  • Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain.
  • “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3- methylbutynyl.
  • substituted alkynyl means that the alkynyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
  • Aryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • Heteroaryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination.
  • heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the "heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • a nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide.
  • Heteroaryl may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N- substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1- bjthiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl
  • Aralkyl or “arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2- phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • Alkylaryl means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non- limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
  • Cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbomyl, adamantyl and the like.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms.
  • the cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
  • suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1 ,3-dienyl, and the like.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
  • Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • Ring system substituent means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system.
  • Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio
  • Ring system substituent may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system.
  • Examples of such moiety are methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, -C(CHs) 2 - and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
  • Heterocyclyl means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom.
  • Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an -N(Boc), -N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention.
  • the heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like.
  • Heterocyclyl may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
  • Alkynylalkyl means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.
  • Heteroaralkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • Hydroxyalkyl means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • acyl means an H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)- or cycloalkyl-C(O)-, group in which the various groups are as previously described.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl.
  • suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
  • Aroyl means an aryl-C(O)- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • suitable groups include benzoyl and 1- naphthoyl.
  • Alkoxy means an alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Aryloxy means an aryl-O- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkyloxy means an aralkyl-O- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkylthio means an alkyl-S- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Arylthio means an aryl-S- group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Alkylthio means an aralkyl-S- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl means an alkyl-O-CO- group.
  • suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Aryloxycarbonyl means an aryl-O-C(O)- group.
  • suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Aralkoxycarbonyl means an aralkyl-O-C(O)- group.
  • Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
  • Alkylsulfonyl means an alkyl-S(O2)- group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
  • Arylsulfonyl means an aryl-S(O2>- group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
  • substituted means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • stable compound 1 or “stable structure” is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • isolated or “in isolated form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process or natural source or combination thereof.
  • purified or “in purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan, in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
  • any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.
  • a functional group in a compound is termed "protected”
  • Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene etal, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.
  • variable e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R 2 , etc.
  • its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein.
  • the term "prodrug”, as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of Formula I or a salt and/or solvate thereof.
  • a discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • the term “prodrug” means a compound (e.g.
  • a drug precursor that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound.
  • the transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood.
  • a discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
  • a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (Ci-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -Ci 2 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N- (alkoxycarbon
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (Cr C 6 )alkanoyloxymethyl, 1 -((C-i-CeJalkanoyloxyJethyl, 1 -methyl-1-((C-r C 6 )alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Ci-Cejalkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(Ci- C 6 )alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (Ci-C ⁇ jalkanoyl, ⁇ -amino(Ci- C4)alkanyl, arylacyl and ⁇ -aminoacyl, or ⁇ -aminoacyl- ⁇ -aminoacyl, where each ⁇ -aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L- amino acids, P(O)(OH) 2 , -P(
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR'- carbonyl where R and R' are each independently (Ci-C 10 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural ⁇ -aminoacyl or natural ⁇ - aminoacyl, -C(OH)C(O)OY 1 wherein Y 1 is H, (Ci-C 6 )alkyl or benzyl, — C(OY 2 )Y 3 wherein Y 2 is (CrC 4 ) alkyl and Y 3 is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, carboxy (Ci- C ⁇ jalkyl, amino(CrC4)alkyl or mono-N — or di-N,N-(C
  • R-carbonyl RO-carbonyl
  • Solvate means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid.
  • Solvate encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like.
  • “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.
  • Effective amount or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting TACE, the production of TNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMS or any combination thereof and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.
  • the compounds of Formula I can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention.
  • Reference to a compound of Formula I herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
  • the term "salt(s)", as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases.
  • zwitterions inner salts may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein.
  • Salts of the compounds of the Formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
  • Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benze ⁇ esulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydro bromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like.
  • Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like.
  • Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quartemized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g.
  • All stereoisomers for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like
  • of the present compounds including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs
  • those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl).
  • Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers.
  • the chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations.
  • the use of the terms "salt”, “solvate” "prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
  • the compounds according to the invention have pharmacological properties; in particular, the compounds of Formula I can be inhibitors of TACE, aggrecanase, TNF- ⁇ and/or MMP activity.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient at least one compound of formula (I).
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition of formula (I) additionally comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention provides a method of treating disorders associated with TACE, aggrecanase, TNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I).
  • the invention provides a use of a compound of formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament to treat disorders associated with TACE 1 aggrecanase, TNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can have anti-inflammatory activity and/or immunomodulatory activity and can be useful in the treatment of diseases including but not limited to septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, OA and RA, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, period
  • the invention provides a method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition for treating the disorders associated with TACE, aggrecanase, TNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said method comprising bringing into intimate contact at least one compound of formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (I) exhibiting TACE, TNF- ⁇ , MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof inhibitory activity, including enantiomers, stereoisomers and tautomers of said compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters of said compound, said compound being selected from the compounds of structures listed in Table 1001 set forth above.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating disorders associated with TACE, aggrecanase, TNF- ⁇ , MMP, ADAM or any combination thereof in a subject comprising, administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (I) in purified form.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF- ⁇ , aggrecanase, or any combination thereof in a subject comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
  • a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of fever, cardiovascular conditions, hemorrhage, coagulation, cachexia, anorexia, alcoholism, acute phase response, acute infection, shock, graft versus host reaction, autoimmune disease and HIV infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with COPD, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with rheumatoid arthritis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with Crohn's disease, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with psoriasis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with ankylosing spondylitis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with sciatica, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with complex regional pain syndrome, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with psoriatic arthritis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with multiple sclerosis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof, in combination with a compound selected from the group consisting of Avonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
  • a compound of the present invention may be coadministered or used in combination with disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDS) such as methotrexate, azathioprine, leflunomide, pencillinamine, gold salts, mycophenolate mofetil, cyclophosphamide and other similar drugs.
  • DARDS disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • COX-2 selective (COX-2) inhibitors such as Vioxx® and Celebrex®
  • immunosuppressives such as steroids, cyclosporin, Tacrolimus, rapamycin and the like
  • biological response modifiers BRMs
  • other anti-inflammatory agents such as p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, other chemically different TACE inhibitors, chemokine receptor antagonists, Thalidomide and other small molecule inhibitors of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.
  • a compound of the present invention may be co-administered or used in combination with an H1 antagonist for the treatment of seasonal allergic rhinitis and/or asthma.
  • H1 antagonists may be, for example, Claritin®, Clarinex®, Allegra®, or Zyrtec®.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF- ⁇ , aggrecanase, or any combination thereof in a subject comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDS), NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, biological response modifiers (BRMs), antiinflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
  • DARDS disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs
  • NSAIDs NSAIDs
  • COX-2 inhibitors COX-1 inhibitors
  • immunosuppressives biological response modifiers
  • BRMs biological response modifiers
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-inflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
  • a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth
  • the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV
  • the invention provides a method for treating RA comprising administering a compound of the formula I in combination with compound selected from the class consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor e.g. Celebrex® or Vioxx®; a COX-1 inhibitor e.g. Feldene®; an immunosuppressive e.g. methotrexate or cyclosporin; a steroid e.g. ⁇ - methasone; and anti-TNF- ⁇ compound, e.g. Enbrel® or Remicade®; a PDE IV inhibitor, or other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of RA.
  • a COX-2 inhibitor e.g. Celebrex® or Vioxx®
  • COX-1 inhibitor e.g. Feldene®
  • an immunosuppressive e.g. methotrexate or cyclosporin
  • a steroid e.g. ⁇ - methasone
  • anti-TNF- ⁇ compound e.g. Enbrel® or Remicade®
  • the invention provides a method for treating multiple sclerosis comprising administering a compound of the formula (I) in combination with a compound selected from the group consisting of Avonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
  • TACE activity is determined by a kinetic assay measuring the rate of increase in fluorescent intensity generated by TACE catalyzed cleavage of an internally quenched peptide substrate (SPDL-3).
  • SPDL-3 internally quenched peptide substrate
  • the purified catalytic domain of recombinant human TACE (rhTACEc, Residue 215 to 477 with two mutation (S266A and N452Q) and a 6xHis tail) is used in the assay. It is purified from the baculovirus/Hi5 cells expression system using affinity chromatography.
  • the substrate SPDL-3 is an internally quenched peptide (MCA-Pro-Leu-Ala-Gln-Ala-Val-Arg-Ser-Ser-Ser-Dpa-Arg-NH2), with its sequence derived from the pro-TNF ⁇ cleavage site.
  • MCA is (7- Methoxycoumarin-4-yl)acetyl.
  • Dpa is N-3-(2,4-Dinitrophenyl)-L-2,3- diaminopropionyl.
  • a 50 ⁇ l assay mixture contains 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3, 5 mM CaCI 2 , 100 ⁇ M ZnCI 2 , 2 % DMSO, 0.04% Methylcellulose, 30 ⁇ M SPDL-3, 70 pM rhTACEc and a test compound.
  • RhTACEc is pre-incubated with the testing compound for 90 min. at 25 0 C. Reaction is started by addition of the substrate. The fluorescent intensity (excitation at 320 nm, emission at 405 nm) was measured every 45 seconds for 30 min. using a fluorospectro meter (GEMINI XS, Molecular Devices). Rate of enzymatic reaction is shown as Units per second.
  • compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
  • Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlled release.
  • composition is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients.
  • the bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents".
  • the bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units.
  • An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like.
  • the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
  • Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or a soft gelatin capsules where in the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • an oil medium for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients are suspending agents, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example, heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example, polyethylene
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example, ethyl or n-propyl, p- hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • preservatives for example, ethyl or n-propyl, p- hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example, arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example, beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
  • a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., sodium EDTA
  • suspending agent e.g., sodium EDTA
  • preservatives e.g., sodium EDTA, sodium sulfate, sodium bicarbonate
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, e.g., olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, e.g., liquid paraffin or mixtures of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, e.g., soy beans, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example, sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
  • sweetening agents for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose.
  • Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, e.g., as a solution in 1 ,3-butane drol.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
  • creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of the invention are employed.
  • topical application shall include mouthwashes and gargles.
  • the compounds for the present invention can be administered in the intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered as a suppository employing bases such as cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
  • the dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound thereof employed.
  • a physician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, arrest or reverse the progress of the condition.
  • Optimal precision in achieving concentration of drug within the range that yields efficacy without toxicity requires a regimen based on the kinetics of the drug's availability to target sites. This involves a consideration of the distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of a drug.
  • doses of the compound of Formula I useful in the method of the present invention range from 0.01 to 1000 mg per day. More preferably, dosages range from 0.1 to 1000 mg/day. Most preferably, dosages range from 0.1 to 500 mg/day.
  • the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01 to 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient, particularly 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated.
  • An effective amount of the drug is ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.0002 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. The range is more particularly from about 0.001 mg/kg to 1 mg/kg of body weight per day.
  • the active agent of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in dividend doses of two, three or four time daily.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • Compound 307 was prepared from compound 306 using the procedure found in Tetrahedron 1975, 31, 863-866.
  • the two isomers were separated using a chiral OD column. One gram of material was injected into the column and the two peaks were separated by using a solvent mixture of 85% hexanes/ethanol. The second isomer was the desired compound 309B (400 mg, 80%).
  • Compound 555B was prepared according to a modification of a procedure described in WO-9846609.
  • a mixture of 2-hydroxy-4-methylpyridine 555A (1.50 g, 13.7 mmol), iodine (3.68 g, 13.7 mmol) and sodium carbonate (3.06 g, 28.9 mmol) in water (70 mL) was heated at 70 0 C overnight.
  • Step i mCPBA (3.49 g, 77%, 15.6 mmol) was added to an ice-cold solution of Compound 1039A (1 g, 3.9 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (19 ml_). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt, and was stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 and was washed sequentially with saturated aq sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic solution was dried over MgSO-J, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by sgc (0-50% EtOAc-hexanes gradient) to afford Compound 1039B (787 mg, 70%).
  • Compounds 1039B and 400 were converted to Compound 1039 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
  • Step i A solution of Compound 1055A (300 mg, 1.28 mmol) in DMF (4.3 mL) was treated with solid cesium carbonate (835 mg, 2.56 mmol) followed by iodomethane (0.09 mL, 218 mg, 1.54 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, then washed sequentially with water (3x) and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by sgc (0-50% EtOAc-hexanes gradient) to afford Compound 1055B (150 mg).
  • Compounds 1055B and 400 were converted to Compound 1055 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
  • Compounds 1061 B and 400 were converted to Compound 1061 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
  • Compounds 1071 B and 400 were converted to Compound 1071 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
  • Compounds 1077B and 400 were converted to Compound 1077 A by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
  • Compounds 1080B and 400 were converted to Compound 1080 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
  • Compounds 1081 B and 400 were converted to Compound 1081 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B. Analogous procedures were used for the preparation of Compounds 1082, 1083, 1084, 1085, 1086, 1089, 1090, and 1091.
  • Step 1 To a solution of 973A (320 mg, 1.62 mmol) in CH 2 Ci 2 (10 mL) at rt was added Et 3 N (0.45 mL, 3.2 rrimol), 973B (375 mg, 1.78 mmol) and DMAP (cat.) . After 30 min, the solvent was removed and the crude material was purified by column chromatography (SiO 2 , 40% EtOAc/Hexanes) to afford 973C (520 mg, 43%).
  • Step2 Compound 400 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) was combined with compound 973C (133 mg, 0.34 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 CI 2 (2.2 mg, 0.003 mmol), CuI (5.5 mg, 0.03 mmol), diisopropylamine (0.05 mL, 0.36 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and stirred overnight at 85°C. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude material was purified with TLC plates (SiO 2 , 10% 7N NH 3 in methanol/CH 2 CI 2 ) afforded the desired product 973D (20 mg, 15%) and 973E (20 mg, 14%). Step 3.
  • Step 4 Compound 973E (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia solution (2 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 90 0 C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified with prepative TLC (SiO 2 , 10% 7N NH 3 in methanol/CH 2 CI 2 ) afforded the desired product 973 (12 mg, 60%).
  • Step 2 Compound 1251 B (1.219g, 5.32 mmol) was dissolved in CCI 4 (30 mL). NBS (947 mg, 5.32 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (66 mg, 0.27 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at 85 0 C for 2 hours. After cooling down, the solid was filtered and the organic layer was washed with water (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated by rotary evaporator, dried under vacuum. The residue was then dissolved in NH 3 -MeOH (7N, 10 mL) and transferred into a 75 mL pressure bottle. The solution was stirred at 90 0 C for over night. The product was purified by C18 chromatography (CH 3 CN/water: 5% to 90%, with addition of 0.1% HCO 2 H) to give compound 1251C ( ⁇ OOmg, 71%).
  • Stepi Compound 401 (130 mg, 0.43 mmol) was combined with compound 925B (112 mg, 0.52 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 J 2 CI 2 (6 mg, 0.009 mmol), CuI (12 mg, 0.06 mmol), diisopropylamine (0.1 mL, 0.71 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and stirred at 85°C for 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was purified on a Gilson reverse phase HPLC (0-40% acetonitrile with Formic acid 0.01% in H 2 O with formic acid 0.01%) afforded the desired product 924(107 mg, 57%).
  • Step 2 To a suspension of 2000B (300 mg, 1.39 mmol) and triethylamine (0.39 mL, 2.78 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (9 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.15 mL, 1.53 mmol) at 25 0 C. After stirring at the temperature for 1.5 h, the mixture was poured to a cold water and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. The white solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to afford 2000C (323 mg, 90% yield).
  • Step 2 A solution of 2001 C (3 g, 7.16 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was treated with TBAF (1 M solution in THF, 10 mL, 10 mmol) at 0 0 C. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at the temperature and poured to a mixture of ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na 2 SOiO 1 and concentrated in vacuo to provide crude 400. The crude 400 was placed in a pressure vessel and dissolved in ammonia in MeOH (7 N solution, 60 mL). The solution was heated to 80 0 C for 14 h and cooled to 25 0 C followed by concentration.
  • the two isomers were separated using a chiral AD column. One gram of material was injected into the column and the two peaks were separated by using a solvent mixture of 90% hexanes/2-propanol. The first isomer was the desired compound 943F (400 mg, 80%).
  • Step 8 Compound 943H (46 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia solution (2 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 90 0 C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The crude material was treated with EtOEt and the solid was collected by suction filtration to provide compound 943 (28 mg, 68%).
  • Step 2 A solution of 2014B (600 mg, 1.51 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was treated with TBAF (1 M solution in THF, 1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol) at 0 0 C. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at the temperature and poured to a mixture of ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by Si ⁇ 2 column chromatography (30% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 2014C (329 mg, 73% yield).
  • 2014D (49 mg, 0.11 mmol) was placed in a pressure vessel and dissolved in ammonia in MeOH (7 N solution, 7 mL). The solution was heated to 80 0 C for 18 h and cooled to 25 0 C followed by concentration. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (7% MeOH in CH 2 CI 2 ) to afford hydantoin 2014E (not shown, 35 mg, 84% yield). 2014E (34 mg, 0.089 mmol) was dissolved in 10% MeOH in CH 2 CI 2 (3 mL) and was treated with 4 N HCI in dioxane (0.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 0 C for 18 h and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2014F (34 mg, quant). Step 5
  • Step 3 A mixture of 2017B (19.6 mg, 0.103 mmol), 2016B (37 mg, 0.12 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.11 mL, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was heated to 60 0 C. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at the temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (5% MeOH in CH 2 CI 2 ) to afford 2017C (11 mg, 32% yield).
  • Example 1087 A mixture of 2017B (19.6 mg, 0.103 mmol), 2016B (37 mg, 0.12 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.11 mL, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was heated to 60 0 C. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at the temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (5% MeOH in CH 2 CI 2 ) to afford 2017C (11 mg, 32% yield).
  • Step 2 The transformation of Compound 1087B to Compound 1087C was carried out following the procedure of Sail and Grunewald, in Sail, D.J.; Grunewald, G.L. J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 2208-2216.
  • Compound 1099 was prepared by following the procedure given in Example 1087, but starting with commercially available 4-methoxyphenethylamine (Compound 1099A) instead of 3-methoxyphenethylamine (Compound 1087A).
  • Compound 1570A was prepared from Compound 400 and 4-iodobenzoic acid by sequential application of the procedures given in Parts H and I in Example 400.
  • Solid carbonyl diimidazole (19 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of Compound 1570A in THF (200 ⁇ L). The solution was stirred at 70 0 C for 1.5 h, and was subsequently allowed to cool to rt.
  • Solid cyclopropanesulfonamide (17 mg, 0.14 mmol) and DBU (43 ⁇ L, 43 mg, 0.29 mmol) were added sequentially and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to compounds of the Formula: (I); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof, which can be useful for the treatment of diseases or conditions mediated by MMPs, ADAMs, TACE, aggrecanase, TNF-α or combinations thereof.

Description

HYDANTOIN DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention
This invention relates generally to novel hydantoin derivatives that can inhibit matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs), a disintegrin and metalloproteases (ADAMs) and/or tumor necrosis factor alpha - converting enzyme (TACE) and in so doing prevent the release of tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α), pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods of treatment using such compounds.
Description
Osteo- and rheumatoid arthritis (OA and RA, respectively) are destructive diseases of articular cartilage characterized by localized erosion of the cartilage surface. Findings have shown that articular cartilage from the femoral heads of patients with OA, for example, had a reduced incorporation of radiolabeled sulfate over controls, suggesting that there must be an enhanced rate of cartilage degradation in OA (Mankin et al. J. Bone Joint Surg. 52A (1970) 424-434). There are four classes of protein degradative enzymes in mammalian cells: serine, cysteine, aspartic and metalloproteases. The available evidence supports the belief that it is the metalloproteases that are responsible for the degradation of the extracellular matrix of articullar cartilage in OA and RA. Increased activities of collagenases and stromelysin have been found in OA cartilage and the activity correlates with severity of the lesion (Mankin et al. Arthritis Rheum. 21 , 1978, 761-766, Woessner et al. Arthritis Rheum. 26, 1983, 63-68 and Ibid. 27, 1984, 305-312). In addition, aggrecanase (a newly identified metalloprotease) has been identified that provides the specific cleavage product of proteoglycan, found in RA and OA patients (Lohmander L. S. et al. Arthritis Rheum. 36, 1993, 1214-22).
Metalloproteases (MPs) have been implicated as the key enzymes in the destruction of mammalian cartilage and bone. It can be expected that the pathogenesis of such diseases can be modified in a beneficial manner by the administration of MP inhibitors (see Wahl et al. Ann. Rep. Med. Chem. 25, 175-184, AP, San Diego, 1990).
MMPs are a family of over 20 different enzymes that are involved in a variety of biological processes important in the uncontrolled breakdown of connective tissue, including proteoglycan and collagen, leading to resorption of the extracellular matrix. This is a feature of many pathological conditions, such as RA and OA, corneal, epidermal or gastric ulceration; tumor metastasis or invasion; periodontal disease and bone disease. Normally these catabolic enzymes are tightly regulated at the level of their synthesis as well as at their level of extracellular activity through the action of specific inhibitors, such as alpha-2-macroglobulins and TIMPs (tissue inhibitor of MPs), which form inactive complexes with the MMP's.
Tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α) is a cell-associated cytokine that is processed from a 26 kDa precursor form to a 17 kd active form. See Black R.A. "Tumor necrosis factor-alpha converting enzyme" lnt J Biochem Cell Biol. 2002 Jan; 34(1 ):1-5 and Moss ML, White JM, Lambert MH, Andrews RC1TACE and other ADAM proteases as targets for drug discovery" Drug Discov Today. 2001 Apr 1 ;6(8):417-426, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.
TNF-α has been shown to play a pivotal role in immune and inflammatory responses. Inappropriate or over-expression of TNF-α is a hallmark of a number of diseases, including RA, Crohn's disease, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis and sepsis. Inhibition of TNF-α production has been shown to be beneficial in many preclinical models of inflammatory disease, making inhibition of TNF-α production or signaling an appealing target for the development of novel anti-inflammatory drugs.
TNF-α is a primary mediator in humans and animals of inflammation, fever and acute phase responses, similar to those observed during acute infection and shock. Excess TNF-α has been shown to be lethal. Blocking the effects of TNF-α with specific antibodies can be beneficial in a variety of conditions, including autoimmune diseases such as RA (Feldman et al, Lancet, (1994) 344, 1105), non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (Lohmander L. S. et al., Arthritis Rheum. 36 (1993) 1214-22) and Crohn's disease (Macdonald T. et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 81 (1990) 301).
Compounds that inhibit the production of TNF-α are therefore of therapeutic importance for the treatment of inflammatory disorders. Recently it has been shown that metalloproteases, such as TACE, are capable of converting TNF-α from its inactive to active form (Gearing et al Nature, 1994, 370, 555). Since excessive TNF-α production has been noted in several disease conditions also characterized by MMP-mediated tissue degradation, compounds which inhibit both MMPs and TNF-α production may also have a particular advantage in diseases where both mechanisms are involved.
One approach to inhibiting the harmful effects of TNF-α is to inhibit the enzyme, TACE before it can process TNF-α to its soluble form. TACE is a member of the ADAM family of type I membrane proteins and mediates the ectodomain shedding of various membrane-anchored signaling and adhesion proteins. TACE has become increasingly important in the study of several diseases, including inflammatory disease, because of its role in cleaving TNF- α from its "stalk" sequence and thus releasing the soluble form of the TNF-α protein (Black R.A. lnt J Biochem Cell Biol. 200234,1-5).
There are numerous patents and publications which disclose hydroxamate, sulphonamide, hydantoin, carboxylate and/or lactam based MMP inhibitors.
US 6,677,355 and US 6,534,491 (B2), describe compounds that are hydroxamic acid derivatives and MMP inhibitors.
US 6,495,565 discloses lactam derivatives that are potential inhibitors of MMPs and/or TNF-α.
PCT Publications WO2002/074750, WO2002/096426, WO20040067996, WO2004012663, WO200274750 and WO2004024721 disclose hydantoin derivatives that are potential inhibitors of MMPs.
PCT Publications WO2004024698 and WO2004024715 disclose sulphonamide derivatives that are potential inhibitors of MMPs. PCT Publications WO2004056766, WO2003053940 and WO2003053941 also describe potential inhibitors of TACE and MMPs.
PCT Publication WO2006/019768 refers to hydantoin derivatives that are TACE inhibitors.
There is a need in the art for inhibitors of MMPs1 ADAMs, TACE, and TNF-α, which can be useful as anti-inflammatory compounds and cartilage protecting therapeutics. The inhibition of TNF-α, TACE and or other MMPs can prevent the degradation of cartilage by these enzymes, thereby alleviating the pathological conditions of OA and RA as well as many other auto-immune diseases.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In its many embodiments, the present invention provides a novel class of compounds as inhibitors of TACE, the production of TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs, aggrecanase, or any combination thereof, methods of preparing such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more such compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition or amelioration of one or more diseases associated with TACE, aggrecanaseTNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof using such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions.
In one embodiment, the present application discloses a compound represented by Formula (I):
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof, wherein: ring A is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown;
X is selected from the group consisting of -S-.-O-, -S(O)2-, S(O)-,
-(C(R3)2)m- and -N(R3)-; T is alkynyl;
V is selected from the group consisting H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and N-oxides of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and N oxides of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl contains two radicals on same or adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring, wherein each of the aforementioned cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one to four R10 moieties which can be the same or different;
Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R4J2)D-, -N(R4)-, -C(O)N(R4)-, -N(R4)C(O)-, -N(R4JC(O)N(R4)-, -S(O)2N(R4)-, -N(R4)-S(O)2-, -O-.-S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R4)2)n-,
-N(R4)-, -C(O)N(R4)-, -N(R4)C(O)-, -N(R4)C(O)N(R4)-, -S(O)2N(R4)-, -N(R4)- S(O)2-, -O-.-S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; m is 1 to 3: n is 1 to 3;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, cyano, alkynyl, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight- membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of the R1 alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with the five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is υnsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties which can be the same or different; with the proviso that when Y is -N(R4)-, -S -or -O-, then R1 is not halogen or cyano;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, cyano, alkynyl, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight- membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of the R2 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with the five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties which can be the same or different; with the proviso that when Y is - N(R4)-, -S -or-O-, then R2 is not halogen or cyano; each R3 is the same of different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl;
4 each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -alkylcycloalkyl, - alkyl-N(alkyl)2, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
10
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -C(R4)=N-OR4, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)2, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -N(R4JS(O)2R4, -N(R4)- C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4J-S(O)2R4, -S(O)2N(R-O-C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)NR4 -S(O)2N(R4)2, -N(R4)-C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)2, - N(R4)C(O)N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4J2, -S(O)2N(R4)-C(O)-R4, -N(R4)-C(=NR4)-N(R4)2, -N(R4)-C(=N-CN)-N(R4)2> -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4J2, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl, wherein each of the R10 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R30 moieties which can be the same or different; or wherein two R10 moieties, when attached to the same or adjacent carbon atoms may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
20
R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro,
-C(R4J=N-OR4, -OR4. -SR4, -N(R4)2, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -N(R4)S(O)2R4, -N(R4J- C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4J-S(O)2R4, -S(O)2N(R4J-C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)NR4 -S(O)2N(R4)2, -N(R4)-C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)2, - N(R4)C(O)N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4J2, -S(O)2N( R4J-C(O)-R4, -N(R4)-C(=NR4)-N(R4)2) -N(R4)-C(=N-CN)-N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)2, halogen, alky], haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl; wherein when each of said R20 aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of said R20 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with one to four moieties selected independently from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, cyano, nitro, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), and -N(alkyl)2; or when two R20 moieties when attached to the same or adjacent carbon atoms may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;;
R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro, -C(R4J=N-OR4, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4J2, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -N(R4)S(O)2R4, -N(R4J- C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4J-S(O)2R4, -S(O)2N(R4)-C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4JC(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)NR4 -S(O)2N(R4J2, -N(R4J-C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4J2, - N(R4JC(O)N(R4J2, -S(O)2N(R4J2, -S(O)2N(R4J-C(O)-R4, -N(R4)-C(=NR4)-N(R4)2, -N(R4)-C(=N-CN)-N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4J2, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl; wherein when each of said R30 aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of said R30 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with one to four moieties selected independently from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, cyano, nitro, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), and -N(alkyl)2; or when two R30 moieties when attached to the same or adjacent carbon atoms may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
In another embodiment, the present application discloses a compound having the general structure shown in Formula (II):
Figure imgf000009_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof , wherein: the ring labeled A is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown;
X is selected from the group consisting of -S-,-O-, -C(R )2- or -N(R )-;
T is absent or present, and if present, T is selected from the group consisting of H (with U and V being absent), alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl-, and arylalkyl-, said aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl-, and arylalkyl- being optionally fused with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of any of the aforementioned alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl groups of T is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R10 moieties which can be the same or different, each R10 moiety being independently selected from the group of R10 moieties below;
U is absent or present, and if present U is selected from the group consisting of alkynyl, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, and -C(O)NR4-;
V is absent or present, and if present V is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl-, and arylalkyl-, said aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl-, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl- and arylalkyl- being optionally fused with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of any of the aforementioned alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R10 moieties which can be the same or different, each R10 moiety being independently selected from the group of R10 moieties below;
Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R4)2)n-,
-N(R4)-, -C(O)N(R4)-, -N(R4)C(O)-, -N(R4)C(O)N(R4)-, -S(O)2N(R4)-, -N(R4)- S(O)2, -O- -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-. and -S(O)2-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R4)2)n-,
-N(R4)-, -C(O)N(R4)-, -N(R4JC(O)-, -N(R4JC(O)N(R4)-, -
S(O)2N(R4)-, -N(R4)-S(O)2-, -O-.-S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; n is 1 to 3;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, -OR4, cyano, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)N(R4)2, halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of the alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl groups of R is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties which can be the same or different, each R20 moiety being independently selected from the group of R20 moieties below, with the proviso that when Y is present and Y is N, S or O, then R1 is not halogen or cyano;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, -OR4, cyano, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)N(R4)2, halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of the alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl,
2 heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, alkylheteroaryl and arylalkyl groups of R is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties which can be the same or different, each R20 moiety being independently selected from the group of R20 moieties below, with the proviso that when Z is present and Z is N, S or O, then R2 is not halogen; each R3 is the same of different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl;
4 each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
10 A Λ 4
R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, — OR , -SR , -N(R )2, -S(O)R4-, -S(O)2R4-, -N(R4JS(O)2R4, -S(O)2N(R4J2, -O(fluoroalkyl), -C(O)OR4, -C(O)N(R4)2, halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl, wherein each of the alkyl, fluoroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, alkylaryl and arylalkyl groups of R is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R30 moieties which can be the same or different, each R30 moiety being independently selected from the group of R30 moieties below;
20
R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl,
-N(R4)2, and -C(O)N(R4)2 ; and
3 300
R R iiss sseelleecctteedd ffrroonm the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, -N(R4J2, and -C(O)N(R4J2. The compounds of Formula I can be useful as inhibitors of TACE and may be useful in the treatment and prevention of diseases associated with TACE, TNF-α, MMPs1 ADAMs or any combination thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In its several embodiments, the present invention provides a novel class of inhibitors of TACE, aggrecanase, the production of TNF-α, MMPs1 ADAMs or any combination thereof, pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more of the compounds, methods of preparing pharmaceutical formulations comprising one or more such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms of inflammation.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds which are represented by structural Formula (I)-(IV) above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof, wherein the various moieties are as described above.
In another embodiment, the isomer referred to the in the preceding paragraph is a stereoisomer.
In one embodiment, the labeled ring A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, and
Figure imgf000012_0001
each of which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown in Formula (I).
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), ring A is phenyl which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), X is selected from the group consisting of -(C(R3)2)m- and -N(R3)-.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), X is X is -(C(R3)2)m. wherein m is 1 or 2. In another embodiment, in Formula (I)1 X is is ~iC(R3)2)m, wherein m is
1.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R3 is H.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), X is is -(C(R3)2)m, wherein m 1 , and wherein R3 is H.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), T is -CsC-.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), wherein V is selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, and N-oxide of said heteroaryl; wherein when each of the aforementioned aryl, and heteroaryl contains two radicals on same or adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl and heteroaryl optionally with said five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one to four R10 moieties which can be the same or different.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), V is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, imidazoly, benzimidazolyl, furazanyl, pyridyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, quinolinyl, isopquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl,
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
, and
Figure imgf000015_0002
each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 moieties such that the number of R10 moieties per V group does not exceed four.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R )2, -S(O)2R4-, - S(O)2N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)2, -C(O)N(R4)- S(O)2R4, -C(R4)=N-OR, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R30 moieties which can be the same or different; or wherein two R10 moieties, when attached to the same carbon atom are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclyl ring;
4 each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -alkylcycloalkyl, -alkyl-N(alkyl)2, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and
30
R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, heterocyclyl, -C(R4J=N-OR, -O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, -N(R4)2, and - C(O)N(R4)2, wherein said R30 alkyl is substituted with a -NH2. In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R10 is selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkoxy, cyano, -S(O)2- alkyl, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, - alkyl-heterocyclyl, -cycloalkyl-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -S(O)2alkyl, -C(O)NH2, hydroxy, -C(O)N(H)(cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(H)(alkyl), -N(H)(cycloalkyl), -C(O)O- alkyl, -C(O)OH, -S(O)2N(H)(alkyl), -S(O)2OH, -S-haloalkyl, -S(O)2-haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, -O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, -alkyl-O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, - C(O)alkyl, aminoalkyl, -alkyl-NH(alkyl), -alkyl-N(alkyl)2, -CH=N-O-alkyl, - C(O)NH-alkyl-N(alkyl)2, -C(O)-heterocyclyl, and -NH-C(O)-alkyl, wherein each of said R10 aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), and -N(alkyl)2; or wherein two R10 moieties attached to the same carbon atom are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclyl ring.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, nitro, methyl, fluoro, bromo, trifluoromethyl, chloro, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, hydroxy!, cyano, -S(O)2CHs, - NH2, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -cyclopropyl-NH2,
Figure imgf000016_0001
-NHfcydopropyl), -NH(CH3), -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)OH, - S(O)2N(H)CH3, -C(O)NH(CH3), -C(0)NH(cyclopropyl), -S(O)2OH, -S-CF3, - S(O)2-CF3, ethoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, isopropoxy, -OCH2- cyclopropyl, -CH2O-CH2-CyClOPrOPyI, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH3, -CH(CH3)OH, - CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2, -CH2NH-CH3, -CH(CH3)OH, -CH2NHCH3, -CH=N- OCH3, -C(CHs)=N-OCH3, -C(O)OCH2CH3, -C(O)NHCH2CH2N(CHs)2, -NH- C(O)CH3,
Figure imgf000016_0002
or wherein two R10 moieties, when attached to the same carbon atom are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form
Figure imgf000016_0003
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond and -O-.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Y is a covalent bond. In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Y is -O-.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond and -O-.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Z is -O-.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with an aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein when said aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substitutent of said R1 alkyl optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with an aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein when said aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substitutent of said R1 alkyl optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R1 is halogen or cyano.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), R1 is fluoro, chloro, or cyano.
In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Y is -O-, and R1 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with a heteroaryl, wherein when said heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- or six-membered aryl; wherein said heteroaryl substituent of said R1 alkyl, optionally with said five- or six-membered aryl is substituted with alkyl. In another embodiment, in Formula (I), Y is -O-, and R1 is selected from the group consisting of CH3, -CH2-C≡C-CH3, difluoromethyl, and
Figure imgf000018_0001
In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (I) is represented by the compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000018_0002
wherein in formula (III), X is -(CH2)i-2-. and T, V, Y, R1, and R3 are as set forth in Formula (I).
In another embodiment, in Formula (III), X is -CH2-.
In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (I) is represented by the compound of formula (IV):
Figure imgf000018_0003
wherein in formula (IV), X is -(CH2)^-, T1 V, Y, R1, and R3 are as set forth in Formula (I).
In another embodiment, in Formula (IV), X is -CH2-. In another embodiment, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of compounds listed in the table below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof. This table also lists the mass spectroscopy data and the Ki rating for each compound. Those compounds having a Ki value of less than 5 nM (<5 nM) are designated with letter "A"; those with a Ki value of from 5 to less than 25 nM (5 - <25 nM) are designated with letter "B"; those with a Ki value of from 25 to 100 nM are designated with letter "C"; and those with a Ki value of more than 100 nM (>100 nM) are designated with letter "D". The syntheis and characterization of these compounds is described hereinbelow in the "EXAMPLES" section of the present application.
Table 1001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of;
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000102_0001
or a phar
Figure imgf000103_0001
Specific TACE inhibitory activity (Ki values) of some representative compounds of the present invention are set forth below.
Table 1002
Figure imgf000103_0002
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:
"Patient" includes both human and animals.
"Mammal" means humans and other mammalian animals.
"Alkyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl" means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. The alkyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl)2, carboxy and -C(O)O-alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
"Alkenyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. "Lower alkenyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2- enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
"Alkynyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. "Lower alkynyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3- methylbutynyl. The term "substituted alkynyl" means that the alkynyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
"Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl. "Heteroaryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The "heteroaryl" can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. "Heteroaryl" may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N- substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1- bjthiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like. The term "heteroaryl" also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and the like.
"Aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2- phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Alkylaryl" means an alkyl-aryl- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non- limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl. "Cycloalkyl" means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbomyl, adamantyl and the like.
"Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1 ,3-dienyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
"Halogen" (or "halo") means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
"Ring system substituent" means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, -C(=N-CN)-NH2, -C(=NH)-NH2, - C(=NH)-NH(alkyl), G1G2N-, GiG2N-alkyl-, G1G2NC(O)-, G1G2NSO2- and - SO2NG1G2, wherein Gi and G2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl. "Ring system substituent" may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moiety are methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, -C(CHs)2- and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
Figure imgf000111_0001
"Heterocyclyl" means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an -N(Boc), -N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like. "Heterocyclyl" may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
Figure imgf000112_0001
It should be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
Figure imgf000112_0002
are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.
"Alkynylalkyl" means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkynylalkyls contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.
"Heteroaralkyl" means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Hydroxyalkyl" means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
"Acyl" means an H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)- or cycloalkyl-C(O)-, group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non- limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
"Aroyl" means an aryl-C(O)- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1- naphthoyl. "Alkoxy" means an alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aryloxy" means an aryl-O- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aralkyloxy" means an aralkyl-O- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Alkylthio" means an alkyl-S- group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Arylthio" means an aryl-S- group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Aralkylthio" means an aralkyl-S- group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Alkoxycarbonyl" means an alkyl-O-CO- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Aryloxycarbonyl" means an aryl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. "Aralkoxycarbonyl" means an aralkyl-O-C(O)- group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Alkylsulfonyl" means an alkyl-S(O2)- group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
"Arylsulfonyl" means an aryl-S(O2>- group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
The term "substituted" means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By "stable compound1 or "stable structure" is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "optionally substituted" means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.
The term "isolated" or "in isolated form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process or natural source or combination thereof. The term "purified" or "in purified form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan, in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences. When a functional group in a compound is termed "protected", this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene etal, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.
When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R2, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula I, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term "prodrug", as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of Formula I or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto. The term "prodrug" means a compound (e.g. a drug precursor) that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
For example, if a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (Ci-C8)alkyl, (C2-Ci2)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1- (alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N- (alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N-(Ci-C2)alkylamino(C2- C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(Ci-C2)alkyl, N,N-di (Ci- C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidine- or morpholino(C2- C3)alkyl, and the like.
Similarly, if a compound of Formula (I) contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (Cr C6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1 -((C-i-CeJalkanoyloxyJethyl, 1 -methyl-1-((C-r C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Ci-Cejalkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(Ci- C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (Ci-Cβjalkanoyl, α-amino(Ci- C4)alkanyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L- amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O(CrC6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate), and the like.
If a compound of Formula (I) incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR'- carbonyl where R and R' are each independently (Ci-C10)alkyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α- aminoacyl, -C(OH)C(O)OY1 wherein Y1 is H, (Ci-C6)alkyl or benzyl, — C(OY2)Y3 wherein Y2 is (CrC4) alkyl and Y3 is (Ci-C6)alkyl, carboxy (Ci- Cβjalkyl, amino(CrC4)alkyl or mono-N — or di-N,N-(Ci-C6)alkylaminoalkyl, — C(Y4JY5 wherein Y4 is H or methyl and Y5 is mono-N— or di-N, N-(C1- C6)alkylamino morpholino, piperidin-1 -yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like.
"Solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. "Hydrate" is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.
"Effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting TACE, the production of TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMS or any combination thereof and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.
The compounds of Formula I can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula I herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term "salt(s)", as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of Formula I contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts") may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzeπesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydro bromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like. Additionally, acids which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by P. Stahl etal, Camille G. (eds.) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use. (2002) Zurich: Wiley- VCH; S. Berge etal, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1 ) 1-19; P. Gould, IntemationalJ. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quartemized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others. All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
Compounds of Formula I1 and salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms "salt", "solvate" "prodrug" and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula I, and of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I, are intended to be included in the present invention.
The compounds according to the invention have pharmacological properties; in particular, the compounds of Formula I can be inhibitors of TACE, aggrecanase, TNF-α and/or MMP activity. In one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising as an active ingredient at least one compound of formula (I).
In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition of formula (I) additionally comprising at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating disorders associated with TACE, aggrecanase, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I).
In another aspect, the invention provides a use of a compound of formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament to treat disorders associated with TACE1 aggrecanase, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof.
The compounds of Formula (I) can have anti-inflammatory activity and/or immunomodulatory activity and can be useful in the treatment of diseases including but not limited to septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, OA and RA, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis, glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis, transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonal allergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and/or bronchitis. It is contemplated that a compound of this invention may be useful in treating one or more of the diseases listed.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition for treating the disorders associated with TACE, aggrecanase, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said method comprising bringing into intimate contact at least one compound of formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) exhibiting TACE, TNF-α, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof inhibitory activity, including enantiomers, stereoisomers and tautomers of said compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters of said compound, said compound being selected from the compounds of structures listed in Table 1001 set forth above.
In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating disorders associated with TACE, aggrecanase, TNF-α, MMP, ADAM or any combination thereof in a subject comprising, administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) in purified form.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF-α, aggrecanase, or any combination thereof in a subject comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of fever, cardiovascular conditions, hemorrhage, coagulation, cachexia, anorexia, alcoholism, acute phase response, acute infection, shock, graft versus host reaction, autoimmune disease and HIV infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non- insulin dependent diabetes rnellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis, glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis, transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonal allergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and bronchitis in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with COPD, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with rheumatoid arthritis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with Crohn's disease, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with psoriasis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with ankylosing spondylitis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with sciatica, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with complex regional pain syndrome, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with psoriatic arthritis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease associated with multiple sclerosis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof, in combination with a compound selected from the group consisting of Avonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
Additionally, a compound of the present invention may be coadministered or used in combination with disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDS) such as methotrexate, azathioprine, leflunomide, pencillinamine, gold salts, mycophenolate mofetil, cyclophosphamide and other similar drugs. They may also be co-administered with or used in combination with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as piroxicam, naproxen, indomethacin, ibuprofen and the like; cycloxygenase-2 selective (COX-2) inhibitors such as Vioxx® and Celebrex®; immunosuppressives such as steroids, cyclosporin, Tacrolimus, rapamycin and the like; biological response modifiers (BRMs) such as Enbrel®, Remicade®, IL-1 antagonists, anti-CD40, anti-CD28, IL-10, anti-adhesion molecules and the like; and other anti-inflammatory agents such as p38 kinase inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, other chemically different TACE inhibitors, chemokine receptor antagonists, Thalidomide and other small molecule inhibitors of pro-inflammatory cytokine production.
Also, a compound of the present invention may be co-administered or used in combination with an H1 antagonist for the treatment of seasonal allergic rhinitis and/or asthma. Suitable H1 antagonists may be, for example, Claritin®, Clarinex®, Allegra®, or Zyrtec®.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease mediated by TACE, MMPs, TNF-α, aggrecanase, or any combination thereof in a subject comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDS), NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, biological response modifiers (BRMs), antiinflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-inflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis, glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis, transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonal allergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and bronchitis in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs1 COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-inflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating RA comprising administering a compound of the formula I in combination with compound selected from the class consisting of a COX-2 inhibitor e.g. Celebrex® or Vioxx®; a COX-1 inhibitor e.g. Feldene®; an immunosuppressive e.g. methotrexate or cyclosporin; a steroid e.g. β- methasone; and anti-TNF-α compound, e.g. Enbrel® or Remicade®; a PDE IV inhibitor, or other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of RA.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating multiple sclerosis comprising administering a compound of the formula (I) in combination with a compound selected from the group consisting of Avonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
TACE activity is determined by a kinetic assay measuring the rate of increase in fluorescent intensity generated by TACE catalyzed cleavage of an internally quenched peptide substrate (SPDL-3). The purified catalytic domain of recombinant human TACE (rhTACEc, Residue 215 to 477 with two mutation (S266A and N452Q) and a 6xHis tail) is used in the assay. It is purified from the baculovirus/Hi5 cells expression system using affinity chromatography. The substrate SPDL-3 is an internally quenched peptide (MCA-Pro-Leu-Ala-Gln-Ala-Val-Arg-Ser-Ser-Ser-Dpa-Arg-NH2), with its sequence derived from the pro-TNFα cleavage site. MCA is (7- Methoxycoumarin-4-yl)acetyl. Dpa is N-3-(2,4-Dinitrophenyl)-L-2,3- diaminopropionyl.
A 50 μl assay mixture contains 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3, 5 mM CaCI2, 100 μM ZnCI2, 2 % DMSO, 0.04% Methylcellulose, 30 μM SPDL-3, 70 pM rhTACEc and a test compound. RhTACEc is pre-incubated with the testing compound for 90 min. at 25 0C. Reaction is started by addition of the substrate. The fluorescent intensity (excitation at 320 nm, emission at 405 nm) was measured every 45 seconds for 30 min. using a fluorospectro meter (GEMINI XS, Molecular Devices). Rate of enzymatic reaction is shown as Units per second. Effect of a test compound is shown as % of TACE activity in the absence of the compound. The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated by the technique described in the U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,166,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for controlled release.
The term pharmaceutical composition is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients. The bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents". The bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units. An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like. Similarly, the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or a soft gelatin capsules where in the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
Aqueous suspensions contain the active material in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example, heptadecaethylene-oxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example, polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example, ethyl or n-propyl, p- hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example, arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example, beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, e.g., sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, e.g., olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, e.g., liquid paraffin or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be naturally-occurring phosphatides, e.g., soy beans, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example, sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, e.g., as a solution in 1 ,3-butane drol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
Compounds of the invention may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. The compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of the invention are employed. (For purposes of this application, topical application shall include mouthwashes and gargles.)
The compounds for the present invention can be administered in the intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen. Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered as a suppository employing bases such as cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound thereof employed. A physician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter, arrest or reverse the progress of the condition. Optimal precision in achieving concentration of drug within the range that yields efficacy without toxicity requires a regimen based on the kinetics of the drug's availability to target sites. This involves a consideration of the distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of a drug. Preferably, doses of the compound of Formula I useful in the method of the present invention range from 0.01 to 1000 mg per day. More preferably, dosages range from 0.1 to 1000 mg/day. Most preferably, dosages range from 0.1 to 500 mg/day. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01 to 1000 milligrams of the active ingredient, particularly 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. An effective amount of the drug is ordinarily supplied at a dosage level of from about 0.0002 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. The range is more particularly from about 0.001 mg/kg to 1 mg/kg of body weight per day.
Advantageously, the active agent of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in dividend doses of two, three or four time daily.
The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route or administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
The compounds of the invention may be produced by processes known to those skilled in the art and as shown in the following reaction schemes and in the preparations and examples described below. EXAMPLES
The following abbreviations may be used in the procedures and schemes:
ACN Acetonitπle
AcOH Acetic acid
Aq Aqueous
BOC tert-Butoxycarbonyl
BOC2O BOC Anhydride
C degrees Celsius
CBZCI Benzyl chloroformate
DBU 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
DCM Dichloromethane
DEAD Diethyl azodicarboxylate
(DHQ)2PHAL Hydroquinine 1 ,4-phthafazinediyl diether
DIAD Diisopropylazodicarboxylate
DIPEA Diisopropylethylamine
DMA N,N-Dimethylacetamide
DMAP 4-Dimethylaminopyridine
DME Dimethoxyethane
DMF Dimethylformamide
DMPU 1 ,3-Dimethyl-3,4,5I6-tetrahydro-2(1 h)-pyrimidinone
DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide
EDCI 1 -(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
El Electron ionization
Eq Equivalents
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
EtOH Ethanol g grams h hours hr hours
1H proton HATU N.N.N'.N'-Tetramethyl-O-CZ-AzabenzotriazoM-yOUronium hexafluorophosphate
Hex hexanes
HOBT 1 -Hydroxybenzotriazole
HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography
LAH Lithium aluminum hydride
LDA Lithium diisopropylamide
M Molar mmol milimolar mCPBA mefa-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid
Me Methyl
MeCN Acetonitrile
MeOH Methanol min Minutes mg Milligrams
MHZ Megahertz mL Milliliter
MPLC Medium Pressure Liquid Chromatography
NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
MS Mass Spectroscopy
NBS N-Bromosuccinimide
NMM N-Methylmorpholine
NMP 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidone
ON Overnight
PCC Pyridinium Chlorochromate
PTLC Preparative thin layer chromatography
PyBrOP Bromo-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
Pyr Pyridine
RT Room temperature sgc Silica gel 60 chromatography tBOC tert-Butoxycarbonyl TACE TNF-alpha converting enzyme
TEA Triethylamine
TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TLC Thin layer chromatography
Example 300A
Figure imgf000135_0001
Part A:
Compound 300 (20.0 g, 81.61 mmol), trimethylboroxine (13.36 mL, 97.93 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (1.0 g, 1.36 mmol), dioxane (350 mL), water (50 mL), and cesium carbonate (22.5 g, 163 mmol) were stirred at 110 0C (oil bath) under nitrogen for 16 hours. After cooling, the solid was removed by filtration. The solution was concentrated and purified by sgc (10:1 EtOAc/hexanes) to give 301 (12.1 g, 80%).
Part B:
Compound 301 (4.4 g, 24.2 mmol) was dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (80 mL) and N-bromosuccinimide (4.48 g, 24.2 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (276 mg, 1.13 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 hours and then solids were filtered and washed with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to provide the desired product 302 (6.1 g, 98%).
Part C: Compound 302 (32.0 g, 124.0 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia in MeOH (150 ml_) and stirred in a sealed pressure flask at 60 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate and stirred for 30 minutes. The solids were filtered and dissolved in methylene chloride. The methylene chloride was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to provide the desired product 303 (13.5 g, 67%).
Part D:
Compound 303 (2.2 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in THF (250 mL) and DMPU (40 mL). Sodium t-butoxide (1.55 g, 16.13 mmol) was added and stirred for 5 hours. Chloromethylpivalate (3.0 mL, 20.1 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate layers were washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product 304 (2.5 g, 67%).
Part E:
Compound 304 (288 mg, 1.04 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Bromotrimethylsilane (0.3 mL, 2.08 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred in the ice bath for 30 minutes followed by 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and re- dissolved in methylene chloride (2 mL). Hexanes (8 mL) was added and the solids were filtered to provide the desired product 305 (218 mg, 83%).
Example 300B
Figure imgf000137_0001
311 312
Part A:
Compound 307 was prepared from compound 306 using the procedure found in Tetrahedron 1975, 31, 863-866.
Part B:
Compound 308 was prepared from compound 307 using the procedure found in J. Med. Chem. 1981, 24, 16-20. HPLC-MS tR = 1.839 min (ELSD); mass calculated for formula Ci0Hi7NO4Si 243.09, observed LCMS m/z 244.1 (M+H).
Part C:
Diisopropylamine (0.80 mL, 5.8 mmol) and HMPA (2.3 mL) were dissolved in THF (10 mL) and cooled to -78 0C. A solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M, 2.0 mL, 5 mmol) was added to the reaction dropwise and stirred for 20 minutes. Compound 308 (425 mg, 1.66 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and added dropwise. After 20 minutes, compound 305 (470 mg, 1.83 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours at the same temperature. Saturated ammonium chloride solution was added slowly and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product 309 (0.360 g, 52%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.904 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2OH2BN2OeSi 418.15, observed LCMS m/z 419.2 (M+H).
Part D:
Compound 309 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 ml_) and cooled to 00C. Tetrabutyfammonium fluoride (1 M in THF1 0.3 ml_, 0.3 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide compound 310 (70 mg, 88%). The product was used without purification.
Part E:
Compound 310 (627 mg, 1.87 mmol) was combined with 3-iodopyridine (561 mg, 2.8 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (76 mg, 0.093 mmol), X-PHOS (88 mg, 0.186 mmol), piperidine (321 mg, 3.74 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 ml_) and stirred overnight at 80 0C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (Siθ2, ethyl acetate to 2% methanol/ethyl acetate) afforded the desired product 311 (0.630 g, 80%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.389 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C22H21N3O6 423.14, observed LCMS m/z 424.1 (M+H).
Part F:
Compound 311 (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia in methanol solution (5 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 90 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. Trituration with ethyl acetate provided the desired product 312 (49.5 mg, 93%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.086 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C20H16N4O4 376.11, observed LCMS m/z 377.0 (M+H). Example 300C
Figure imgf000139_0001
305
Part A:
Compound 313 was prepared using the procedure found in J. Org. Chem.
1990, 55, 4657-4663.
Part B:
Compound 314 was prepared using a procedure found in Part C of Example
300B.
Part C:
Compound 314 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia in methanol solution (5 ml_) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 900C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. Trituration with ethyl acetate provided the desired product (57 mg, 63%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.533 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2IH16N3O4F 393.1 , observed LCMS m/z 394.1 (M+H).
Example 400:
Figure imgf000140_0001
400A 400B
Part A:
Glyoxylic acid monohydrate (20.0 g, 218 mmol) and methyl carbamate (16.3 g, 218 mmol) were dissolved in diethyl ether (200 ml_) and stirred overnight. The solids were filtered to provide the desired product 306B (32.0 g, 98%).
Part B:
Compound 306B (32.0 g, 214 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (200 ml_) and cooled in an ice bath. Concentrated sulfuric acid (8 ml_) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to provide compound 306C that was used without purification (27.0 g, 71 %).
Part C:
Compound 306C (27.0 g, 152 mmol) was dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (700 mL). Phosphorus pentachloride (50 g, 240 mmol) was added and the suspension was stirred for 18 hours (solution became clear over time). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was stirred in petroleum ether (500 mL) overnight. The solids were filtered to provide compound 307 with no need for purification (26.5 g, 96%). Trituration step was repeated if mass yield was too high.
Part D:
Compound 307 (15.0 g, 82.7 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (140 ml_) and cooled in an ice bath. Bis(trimethy!silyl)acetylene (15.0 g, 88.2 mmol) was added in methylene chloride (20 ml_). Freshly crushed aluminum chloride (11.0 g, 82.7 mmol) was added in portions over 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and slowly quenched with water. The organic layer was washed several times with water, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was triturated/recrystallized from hexanes to provide the desired product 308 (14.8 g, 69%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.84 min (ELSD); mass calculated for formula Ci0Hi7NCMSi 243.09, observed LCMS m/z 244.1 (M+H).
Part E:
Compound 308 (24.0 g, 98.7 mmol) and compound 305 (25.1 g, 99.0 mmol) were dissolved in THF (300 mL) and cooled to -78°C. A 1M solution of LiHMDS (198 mL, 198 mmol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Saturated ammonium chloride solution was added slowly and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, 33% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product 309 (26.0 g, 63%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.90 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2oH26N206Si 418.15, observed LCMS m/z 419.2 (M+H). The synthesis for compound 305 was described in Example 300A.
Part F:
The two isomers were separated using a chiral OD column. One gram of material was injected into the column and the two peaks were separated by using a solvent mixture of 85% hexanes/ethanol. The second isomer was the desired compound 309B (400 mg, 80%).
Part G:
Compound 309B (8.0 g, 19.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (250 ml_) and cooled to 00C. Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 22.9 mL, 22.9 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide compound 400 (5.8 g, 88%). The product was used without purification.
Part H:
Compound 400 (500 mg, 1.45 mmol) was combined with 3-iodopyridine (434 mg, 2.16 mmol), Pd(PPh3^CI2 (50 mg, 0.072 mmol), CuI (14 mg, 0.072 mmol), diisopropylamine (0.4 mL, 2.9 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, ethyl acetate to 2% methanol/ethyl acetate) afforded the desired product 400A (0.520 g, 84%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.39 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C22H21N3Oe 423.14, observed LCMS m/z 424.1 (M+H).
Part I:
Compound 400A (480 mg, 1.13 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia solution (5 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 90 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was treated with 1 M HCI (2 ml_) and then diluted with acetonitrile (10 ml_) and water (3 mL). The solvent was removed by lyophilization to provide compound 400B as the HCI salt (437.4 mg, 93%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.09 min (UV254 πm); mass calculated for formula C20H16N4O4 376.11, observed LCMS m/z 377.0 (M+H).
Example 401:
Figure imgf000143_0001
Part A:
Compound 309B (1.26 g, 3.0 mmol) in 7 M ammonia in methanol (20 mL) was heated to 85 0C in a pressure bottle overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford 401 (900 mg, 100%) which was used without further purification. HPLC-MS tR = 1.00 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula Ci5H13N3O4 299.09, observed LCMS m/z 300.1 (M+H).
Example 402:
Figure imgf000143_0002
Part A:
To 6-bromoindazole (402A) (5.0 g, 25.4 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added sodium hydride (95%, 672 mg, 26.6 mmol) with ice bath cooling. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Methyl iodide (6.36 mL, 102 mmol) was added at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with ammonium chloride solution and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, ethyl acetate/hexane gradient) afforded 1-methyl-6- bromoindazole (402B) (2.71 g, 51%) as a yellow oil and 2-methyl-6- bromoindazole (402C) (2.28 g, 43%) as a yellow crystalline solid.
402B: HPLC-MS tR = 1.69 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula
C8H7BrN2209.98, observed LCMS m/z 211.0 (M+H).
402C: HPLC-MS tR = 1.54 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula
C8H7BrN2209.98, observed LCMS m/z 211.0 (M+H).
Example 403:
Figure imgf000144_0001
403A 403B 403C
Part A:
Using the procedure described in Example 402 403B (53%) and 403C (39% were prepared.
403B: HPLC-MS tR = 1.69 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula
C8H7BrN2209.98, observed LCMS m/z 211.0 (M+H).
403C: HPLC-MS tR = 1.46 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula
C8H7BrN2209.98, observed LCMS m/z 211.0 (M+H).
Example 409:
Figure imgf000144_0002
400
Part A:
Compound 409 (545 mg, 2.3 mmol) was combined with 1-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 (3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-pyrazole (526 mg, 2.53 mmol), PdCI2dppf.CH2C]2 (94 mg, 0.11 mmol) and K3PO4 (1.46 g, 6.9 mmol) in 1,4- dioxane (10 mL) and heated overnight at 80 0C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through Celite. The organic filtrate was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, 50% to 80% ethyl acetate/hexane to ethyl acetate) to afford desired product 409A (0.250 g, 46%) as a yellow solid. HPLC-MS tR = 1.24 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C9H8BrN3 236.99, observed LCMS m/z 238.1 , 240.0 (M+H, Br isotope).
Part B:
Compound 409B was prepared using procedures described in Example 400, part H. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, ethyl acetate to 5% methanol/ethyl acetate) afforded the desired product 409B (0.1 g, 59%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.38 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2GH2SN5O6 503.18, observed LCMS m/z 504.2 (M+H).
Part C:
Compound 409C was prepared using procedures described in Example 400, part I. Purification by reverse-phase prepLC afforded the desired product 409C (46 mg, 50%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.14 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2UH2QN6O4456.15, observed LCMS m/z 457.1 (M+H).
Example 410:
Figure imgf000145_0001
Part A:
According to a modification of a procedure by Xue, C-B et. al. (WO
2006/004741) a mixture of compound 410 (1.0 g, 3.52 mmol), pyrrolidine (0.31 ml_, 3.7 mmol), CuI (67 mg, 0.35 mmol), K3PO4 (1.57 g, 7.4 mmol) and ethylene glycol (0.4 ml_, 7.04 mmol) in isopropanol (10 ml_) was heated at 85 0C in a sealed tube for 60 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through Celite. The organic filtrate was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, 10% to 30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to afford desired product 410A (0.39 g, 49%) as a white solid. HPLC-MS tR = 1.26 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula CgHnBrN2 226.01 , observed LCMS m/z 227.1 , 229.1 (M+H, Br isotope).
Part B:
Compound 410B was prepared using procedures described in Example 400, part H. Purification by reverse-phase prepLC afforded the desired product 410B (54 mg, 24%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.11 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C24H23N5O4 445.18, observed LCMS m/z 446.2 (M+H).
Example 412:
Figure imgf000146_0001
412C 412D
Part A:
Compound 412 (500 mg, 1.92 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (15 mL) and triethylamine (0.53 mL, 3.84 mmol). Methylamine hydrochloride (186 mg, 2.3 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for two hours. The reaction mixture was washed with water and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide compound 412A (430 mg, 77%).
Part B:
Compound 412A (430 mg, 1.47 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (10 mL) and bromine (0.091 mL, 1.76 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the desired product (230 mg, 43%). HPLC-MS tR = 1.53 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C8H7IN2S 290.12, observed LCMS m/z 291.0 (M+H).
Part C:
See Example 400, Part H for similar experimental procedure. HPLC-MS tR = 1.47 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C25H24N4O6S 508.55, observed LCMS m/z 509.1 (M+H).
Part D:
See Example 400, Part I for similar experimental procedure. HPLC-MS tR = 1.19 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2SH19N5O4S 461.49, observed LCMS m/z 462.1 (M+H).
Example 413:
Figure imgf000147_0001
Part A: Compound 413 (3.5 g, 20.7 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (100 ml_) and m-CPBA (4.95 g, 28.9 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for two hours and then quenched with saturated sodium carbonate and stirred overnight. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and the concentrated to provide a yellow solid (3.8 g). The solid was placed under argon and trifluoroacetic anhydride (15 mL) was added slowly. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then refluxed for 30 minutes. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched slowly with saturated sodium bicarbonate. Methylene chloride was added and the organic layer was washed dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Column chromatography (2 to 1 ethyl acetate/hexanes) provided the desired product (3.O g, 78%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.65 (d, 1H), 7.8 (m, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 4.7 (s, 2H).
Part B:
Compound 413A (500 mg, 2.7 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (5 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Thionyl chloride (480 mg, 4.05 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the desired product (510 mg, 92%).
Part C:
Compound 413B (255 mg, 1.25 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL) and cesium carbonate (812 mg, 2.5 mmol) and pyrrolidine (108 mg, 1.5 mmol) added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 800C for one hour. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the desired product (250 mg,
81%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.6 (d, 1 H), 7.8 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1 H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H).
Part D:
Compound 401 (100 mg, 0.334 mmol), 413C (104 mg, 0.43 mmol), Pd(PPh3^CI2 (15 mg, 0.021 mmol), CuI (8 mg, 0.041 mmol), diisopropylamine (0.1 ml_) and DMF (1 ml_) were stirred overnight at 80 0C. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate and water. The remaining residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide the desired product (50 mg, 32%). HPLC-MS tR = 0.981 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C2SH2SN5O4 459.50, observed LCMS m/z 460.2 (M+H).
Example 414:
Figure imgf000149_0001
Part A:
Compound 414 (1.0 g, 5.46 mmol) was suspended in diethylether (30 mL) and cooled to -78 0C. Titanium (IV) isopropoxide (1.7 mL, 6.01 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred for 5 minutes. Ethyl magnesium bromide (3M in diethylether, 4.0 mL) was added dropwise and stirred for 30 minutes at the same temperature and 1 hour at room temperature. Boron trifluoride dietherate (1.55 g, 10.92 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with 1 M hydrochloric acid and the aqueous layer was washed with diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was made basic (pH = 10) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Column chromatography (1 :1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) provided the desired product (350 mg, 30%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.5 (d, 1 H), 7.7 (m, 1H)1 7.3 (d, 1 H), 1.25 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 2H).
Part B:
See Example 413, Part D for similar experimental. HPLC-MS tR = 0.85 min (UV254 πm); mass calculated for formula C23H21N5O4 431.44, observed LCMS m/z 432.1 (M+H).
Example 555:
Figure imgf000150_0001
Part A:
Compound 555B was prepared according to a modification of a procedure described in WO-9846609. A mixture of 2-hydroxy-4-methylpyridine 555A (1.50 g, 13.7 mmol), iodine (3.68 g, 13.7 mmol) and sodium carbonate (3.06 g, 28.9 mmol) in water (70 mL) was heated at 70 0C overnight. The mixture was acidified with concentrated HCI to pH=3, and the resulting brown solid residue was washed twice with ethyl acetate, and then taken in hot ethanol. The solid which did not dissolve (diiodo byproduct) was filtered off, and the ethanol filtrate was concentrated to give the desired product 555B as a white solid (0.67 g, 21%); HPLC-MS tR = 1 min (UV254 nm); mass calculated for formula C6H6INO 234.95, observed LCMS m/z 236.0. Example 1039
Figure imgf000151_0001
1039A 1039B 1039
Step i mCPBA (3.49 g, 77%, 15.6 mmol) was added to an ice-cold solution of Compound 1039A (1 g, 3.9 mmol) in CH2CI2 (19 ml_). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt, and was stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and was washed sequentially with saturated aq sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic solution was dried over MgSO-J, filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by sgc (0-50% EtOAc-hexanes gradient) to afford Compound 1039B (787 mg, 70%).
Step 2
Compounds 1039B and 400 were converted to Compound 1039 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
Example 1055
Figure imgf000151_0002
1055A 1055B 1055
Step i A solution of Compound 1055A (300 mg, 1.28 mmol) in DMF (4.3 mL) was treated with solid cesium carbonate (835 mg, 2.56 mmol) followed by iodomethane (0.09 mL, 218 mg, 1.54 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, then washed sequentially with water (3x) and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by sgc (0-50% EtOAc-hexanes gradient) to afford Compound 1055B (150 mg).
Step 2
Compounds 1055B and 400 were converted to Compound 1055 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
Compounds 1046, 1050, 1057, 1058, and 1059 were prepared using the same procedure as for Compound 1055.
Example 1061
Figure imgf000152_0001
Step i
Compound 1061 A (620 mg, 3.02 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (30 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 0C. Solid sodium borohydride (230 mg, 6.04 mmol) was added in small portions. The resulting cloudy reaction mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 40 min. The reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of glacial acetic acid (0.4 mL). Solvents were removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting white solid was partitioned between EtOAc (100 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted once more with EtOAc (-25 ml_). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (25 ml_), dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford a colorless oil. The crude product was purified by sgc (10-40% EtOAc- hexanes gradient) to give Compound 1061 B (591 mg, 95%) as a clear, colorless oil.
Step 2
Compounds 1061 B and 400 were converted to Compound 1061 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
The same procedure was used for the preparation of Compounds 1075, 1078 and 1079.
Example 1070
Figure imgf000153_0001
1070A 1070B 1061
Step i
HCI (17 mL, 4 M in dioxane, 68 mmoJ) was added to an ice-cold solution of Compound 1070A in CH2CI2 (27 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 30 min, and at rt for 18 h. The solvent was concentrated to dryness to give Compound 1070B as an off-white solid (1.51 g).
Step 2
Compounds 1070B and 400 were converted to Compound 1070 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B. Example 1071
Figure imgf000154_0001
Step 1
Neat bromine (1.4 mL, 28 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of Compound 1071A (3-0 g, 26 mmol) in dioxane (8 mL) at 0 0C. Upon completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was heated at 60 0C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (50 mL), and was washed sequentially with saturated aq sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (~50 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The desired product, Compound 1071 B, was separated from the crude product by sgc (0-10% EtOAc-hexanes). Yield: 0.987 g, 15% yield.
Step 2
Compounds 1071 B and 400 were converted to Compound 1071 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
Example 1077
-
Figure imgf000154_0002
1077 Step i
A solution of Compound 1077A (200 mg, 0.68 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was treated with sodium hydride (41 mg, 60% dispersion in oil; 0.82 mmol) followed by iodomethane (0.05 mL, 117 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 d. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed sequentially with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness to afford an intermediate (191 mg). This intermediate was re-dissolved in CH2CI2 and treated with HCI solution (0.78 mL). The solution was stirred at rt overnight, then concentrated to afford the desired product (152 mg, 100% yield (HCI salt)), which was used without further purification.
Step 2
Compounds 1077B and 400 were converted to Compound 1077 A by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
Example 1080
Figure imgf000155_0001
1080A 1080B 1080
Neat bromine (0.8 mL, 24 mmol, 0.9 eq) was added dropwise over ~20 min to a stirred solution of Compound 1080A (2.00 g, 0.026 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (4 mL) at 0 0C. Upon completion of the addition, the reaction mixture was heated at 60 "C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with Et2O (50 mL), and was washed sequentially with saturated aq sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (-50 ml_). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The desired product 1080B was purified by sgc (100% hexanes, isocratic) to give Compound 1080B as a clear, colorless liquid (1.78 g, 53%)
Step 2
Compounds 1080B and 400 were converted to Compound 1080 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
Example 1081
Figure imgf000156_0001
Step i
A pressure tube containing a mixture of Compound 1081 A (500 mg, 2.7 mmol) hydroxylamine hydrochloride (375 mg, 5.40 mmol), and sodium acetate (443 g, 5.6 mmol) in absolute ethanol (10 mL) was heated, with stirring, at 80 0C for 18 h. The mixture was allowed to cool, after which the solvent was removed. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc, and was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by PTLC (5% EtOAc-hexanes) to give Compound 1081 B (504 mg, 93%).
Step 2
Compounds 1081 B and 400 were converted to Compound 1081 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B. Analogous procedures were used for the preparation of Compounds 1082, 1083, 1084, 1085, 1086, 1089, 1090, and 1091.
Example 1095
Figure imgf000157_0001
109SA 1095B 1095
Step i
A solution of Compound 1095A in DMF (2 ml_) was treated sequentially with sodium hydride (28 mg, 60% dispersion in oil, 0.70 mmol) and iodomethane (0.04 ml_, 80 mg, 0.56 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction was quenched with water, diluted with EtOAc, and washed sequentially with water and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude Compound 1095B (37 mg, 68%), which was used without further purification.
Step 2
Compounds 1095B and 400 were converted to Compound 1095 by applying the procedure described for Examples 300A and 300B.
Example 973
Figure imgf000158_0001
973A 973B
CH2CI2 Et3NZDMAP
Figure imgf000158_0002
i
DIPA
Figure imgf000158_0003
Figure imgf000158_0004
Step 1. To a solution of 973A (320 mg, 1.62 mmol) in CH2Ci2 (10 mL) at rt was added Et3N (0.45 mL, 3.2 rrimol), 973B (375 mg, 1.78 mmol) and DMAP (cat.) . After 30 min, the solvent was removed and the crude material was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, 40% EtOAc/Hexanes) to afford 973C (520 mg, 43%).
Step2. Compound 400 (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) was combined with compound 973C (133 mg, 0.34 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2CI2 (2.2 mg, 0.003 mmol), CuI (5.5 mg, 0.03 mmol), diisopropylamine (0.05 mL, 0.36 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and stirred overnight at 85°C. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude material was purified with TLC plates (SiO2, 10% 7N NH3 in methanol/CH2CI2) afforded the desired product 973D (20 mg, 15%) and 973E (20 mg, 14%). Step 3. Compound 973D (20 mg, 0.042 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M NH3 in MeOH solution (2 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 90 0C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified with prepative TLC (SiO2, 10% 7N NH3 in methanol/CH2CI2) afforded the desired product 962 (12 mg, 67%).
Step 4. Compound 973E (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia solution (2 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 900C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified with prepative TLC (SiO2, 10% 7N NH3 in methanol/CH2CI2) afforded the desired product 973 (12 mg, 60%).
Example 1221
Figure imgf000159_0001
1221A 1221B
Compound 1221A (1.0g, 4.22 mmol), cyclopropyl boronic acid (326 mg, 3.80 mmol) and [PdCI2(dppf)]CH2CI2 (150, 0.21 mmol) in CH3CN (15 mL) was treated with potassium carbonate (5 mL, 5 mmol, 1 M in H2O). The mixture was subjected to vacuum and refilled with Nitrogen three times. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 0C (oil bath) for 3 days. Additional [PdCl2(dppf)]CH2CI2 (150 mg) was added in day two. After cooling down, the water layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL) once. The organic layers were combined, filtered through a Celite pad, and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc, 1 :0 to 10:1 to 5:1) to give 1221B (280 mg, 33.5%) Example 1250
Figure imgf000160_0001
Compound 1250A (5.0 g, 20.3 mmol) was dissolved in thionyl chloride (40 ml_) and stirred at reflux for two hours. After cooling down, thionyl chloride was removed by rotary evaporator. The residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 and was added to NH3-H2O (cone. 50 mL) slowly with stirring. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, dried under vacuum for overnight to give compound 1250B.
Example 1251
Figure imgf000160_0002
Step l
Compound 1251 A (2.0 g), MeOH (20 mL), and H2SO4 (cone, 2mL) were stirred at RT for three days. Hexane (50 mL) was added. The organic layer was washed by water, dried over Na2SO-J, concentrated by rotary evaporator. The product was purified by sgc (Hexane/EtOAc 10:1 ) to give compound 1251B (1.219 g)
Step 2 Compound 1251 B (1.219g, 5.32 mmol) was dissolved in CCI4 (30 mL). NBS (947 mg, 5.32 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (66 mg, 0.27 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at 850C for 2 hours. After cooling down, the solid was filtered and the organic layer was washed with water (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated by rotary evaporator, dried under vacuum. The residue was then dissolved in NH3-MeOH (7N, 10 mL) and transferred into a 75 mL pressure bottle. The solution was stirred at 90 0C for over night. The product was purified by C18 chromatography (CH3CN/water: 5% to 90%, with addition of 0.1% HCO2H) to give compound 1251C (βOOmg, 71%).
Example 1254
Figure imgf000161_0001
Compound 1254A (5.0 g, 17.61 mmol), 4-pyridine boronic acid (2.06 g, 16.73 mmol), and Pd(dppf)CI2-CH2CI2 (644 mg, 0.88 mmol) were placed in a 500 mL flask. The flask was vacuumed for 1 minutes and then it was filled with N2. This process was repeated twice. CH3CN (200 mL) and K2CO3 (1M1 100 mL) were added. The solution was stirred in at 35 0C for two days. Additional Pd(dppf)CI2-CH2CI2 (400mg) was added in the second day. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL) once. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The solution was concentrated and purified by sgc (Hexane/EtOAc 3:1 to 2:1) to give compound 1254B (3.1 g, 74.9%). Example 1256
Figure imgf000162_0001
Compound 1256A (5.0Og1 20.3 mmol), KCN (1.59g, 24.4 mmol), and (NhU)2CO3 (7.80 g, 81.3 mmol) were placed in a 150 ml_ pressure bottle. EtOH (30 mL) and water (30 ml_) were added. The bottle was sealed and stirred at 80 0C oil bath for overnight. A white solid appeared. After cooling down, 30 mL water was added and the solid was collected by filtration. The solid was washed by water (20 mL) twice, dried under vacuum at 500C for overnight to give compound 1256B (6.18 g, 96.2%).
Example 1555
Figure imgf000162_0002
1555A 1555B
Compound 1555A (1.0g, 3.16 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (20 mL). Methyl iodide (0.236 mL, 3.80 mL) and DIPEA (1.1 mL, 6.32 mL) was added and the solution was stirred at RT for two days. More methyl iodide (0.472 mL, 7.6 mL) was added in day two. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator. The product was purified by sgc (Hexane/EtOAc: 3:1 to 1:1) to give compound 1555B (766 mg, 73.4%).
Example 1566
Figure imgf000163_0001
1566A 1566B
Compound 1566A(200mg, 1.02 mmol) and 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7- ene (DBU, 459 μl, 3.06 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (2 ml.) in a two-neck flask. The mixture was subjected to vacuum and the atmosphere refilled with CO2 supplied from the evaporation of dry ice at 23°C in a separate flask through a vacuum adapter. The mixture was allowed to stir at 23°C for overnight and the atmosphere of CO2 was allowed to gradually escape through a pin hole in a septum. The solvent was removed and the remaining yellow oil was redissolved in THF (2 mL). 2M HCI (5 mL) was added dropwise with stirring. A cloudy white precipitate formed which was briefly sonicated. The solid was filtered, washed with THF (10 mL), and dried under reduced pressure to yield compound 1566B (206.3 mg, 84.0%) as a white solid.
Example 925
Figure imgf000163_0002
924 925
Stepi. Compound 401 (130 mg, 0.43 mmol) was combined with compound 925B (112 mg, 0.52 mmol), Pd(PPh3J2CI2 (6 mg, 0.009 mmol), CuI (12 mg, 0.06 mmol), diisopropylamine (0.1 mL, 0.71 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and stirred at 85°C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was purified on a Gilson reverse phase HPLC (0-40% acetonitrile with Formic acid 0.01% in H2O with formic acid 0.01%) afforded the desired product 924(107 mg, 57%). Step 2. Compound 924 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) was stirred in MeOH (5 mL) and LiOH (1N, aq., 5 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at rt for 2 h. Solvent was removed and the crude material was purified on a Gilson reverse phase HPLC (0-40% acetonitrile in H2O with 0.1% formic acid) afforded the desired product 925(40 mg, 41 %).
Example 2000
Figure imgf000164_0001
Step i
To a solution of 2000A (1 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOH (12 mL) was added hydrazine (0.22 mL, 6.9 mmol) at 250C and the mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 00C and the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with cold EtOH to afford 2000B (0.86 g, 86% yield).
Step 2 To a suspension of 2000B (300 mg, 1.39 mmol) and triethylamine (0.39 mL, 2.78 mmol) in CH2CI2 (9 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.15 mL, 1.53 mmol) at 250C. After stirring at the temperature for 1.5 h, the mixture was poured to a cold water and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. The white solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to afford 2000C (323 mg, 90% yield).
Step 3
A suspension of 2000C (120 mg, 0.47 mmol) in CH3CN (3 mL) and CH2CI2 (3 mL) was treated with triethylamine (0.39 mL, 2.82 mmol) and TsCI (94 mg, 0.49 mmol) at 250C. The mixture was stirred at the temperature for 5 h and added to aqueous NaHCC>3 solution. The organic layers were extracted by CH2CI2 and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (0 to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford 2000D (80 mg, 71% yield).
Step 4
A suspension of 2000B (100 mg, 0.46 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) and 1,4- dioxane (1.5 mL) was treated with BrCN (3 M solution in CH2CI2, 0.17 mL, 0.51 mmol) dropwisely at 250C. After stirring for 1 h at the temperature, NaHCO3 (80 mg, 0.95 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was continued stirring for 18 h. The white precipitate formed was filtered, washed with water, and dried in the air to afford 2000E (95 mg, 86% yield).
Step 5
A suspension of 2000B (100 mg, 0.46 mmol) in CH2CI2 (6 mL) was treated with ethylisocyanate (0.04 mL, 0.50 mmol) at 00C and the mixture was stirred at 250C for 6 h. To this suspension were added triethylamine (0.32 mL, 2.2 mmol) and TsCI (95 mg, 0.50 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at the temperature for 18 h followed by addition to aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layers were extracted by CH2CI2 and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO,*), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by S1O2 column chromatography (0 to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford 2000F (102 mg, 82% yield).
Example 2001
stepi
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000166_0002
2001 A 2001B 2001 C
Figure imgf000166_0003
Stepi
A solution of 2001 A (11.7 g, 48 mmol) and 2001 B (10.3 g, 40 mmol) in THF (400 ml_) was cooled to -7-8 0C and treated with NaH (60% dispersion, 6 g, 150 mmol) portionwisely. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at the temperature and quenched by slow addition of acetic acid (15 ml_). The mixture was poured to a mixture of cold aqueous NaHCO3 solution and EtOAc. After stirring for 0.5 h, the organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The oily residue was solidified in EtOAc/hexane (1 :1 mixture) to afford racemic 2001 C (8.5 g) as a white solid after filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (EtOAc : hexane = 1:2) to afford 2001C (1.5 g, 60% combined yield). The active chiral isomer 2001 C (0.32 g from racemic 0.8 g per loading) was obtained by HPLC separation using preparative chiral OD column (EtOH : hexane = 1:4).
Step 2 A solution of 2001 C (3 g, 7.16 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was treated with TBAF (1 M solution in THF, 10 mL, 10 mmol) at 00C. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at the temperature and poured to a mixture of ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SOiO1 and concentrated in vacuo to provide crude 400. The crude 400 was placed in a pressure vessel and dissolved in ammonia in MeOH (7 N solution, 60 mL). The solution was heated to 80 0C for 14 h and cooled to 250C followed by concentration. The residue was treated with CH2CI2 in an ice bath and the resulting solid was filtered to afford 2001 E (1.38 g) and the filtrate was concentrated and the residue was solidified in CH2CI2 and hexane to afford 2001E (0.24 g, 76% combined yield).
Example 2002
Figure imgf000167_0001
Stepi
A mixture of 2001 E (52 mg, 0.17 mmol), 2000F (68 mg, 0.26 mmol), Pd(PPh3J2CI2 (2.4 mg, 3.4 μmol), CuI (3.2 mg, 17 μmol), and diisopropylethylamine (65 μL, 0.37 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was purged with N2 and heated to 70 0C. After heating for 17 h, the mixture was cooled to 250C and purified by column chromatography on a reverse phase C-18 column (0.01%HCO2H in water/0.01% HCO2H in CH3CN) to afford compound 1502 (47 mg, 57% yield).
Example 2003
Figure imgf000168_0001
Compound 2003A (400 mg, 2.0 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of THF and reacted with sodium methoxide (4 mL, 2.0 mmol). After 30 min iodomethane (0.5 mL, 8.0 mmol) was added. Reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temp, then it was added to ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. All the organic layers were combined, washed with brine solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and further purified by Siθ2 column chromatography to give 2003B (105 mg, 25% yield), 2003C (110 mg, 26% yield) and 2003D (106 mg, 25% yield).
Example 2004
Figure imgf000168_0002
Compound 2004A (1 g, 5.07 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of THF and reacted with sodium methoxide (10 mL, 5.07 mmol). After 30 min, iodomethane (1.3 mL, 20.3 mmol) was added. Reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temp, then it was added to ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. All the organic layers were combined, washed with brine solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and further purified by Siθ2 column chromatography to give 2004B (470 mg, 44% yield) and 2004C (450 mg, 42% yield).
Example 2005
Figure imgf000169_0001
Compound 2005A (400 mg, 2.03 mmol) was dissolved in 10 ml_ of THF and reacted with sodium methoxide (4 mL, 2.03 mmol). After 30 min iodomethane (0.5 mL, 8.12 mmol) was added. Reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temp, then it was added to ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. All the organic layers were combined, washed with brine solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and further purified by S1O2 column chromatography to give 2005B (200 mg, 47% yield), 2005C (150 mg, 35% yield).
Example 2007
Figure imgf000170_0001
Compound 2007A (200 mg, 1.01 mmof) was dissolved in 10 mL of CH2CI2 and reacted with DIPEA (0.5 ml, 3.04 mmol), followed by addition of MEMCI (0.15 ml_, 1.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temp, then it was added to CH2CI2 and sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution. The organic layers were extracted with CH2CI2, combined and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator to yield compound 2007B (205 mg, 71% yield).
Example 2008
Figure imgf000170_0002
Compound 2008A (200 mg, 1.02 mmol) was dissolved in 1OmL of CH2CI2 and reacted with DIPEA (0.53 ml, 3.03 mmol), followed by addition of MEMCI (0.15 mL, 1.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temp, then it was added to CH2CI2 and sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution. The organic layers were extracted with CH2CI2, combined and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator to yield compound 2008B (210 mg, 72% yield).
Example 2009
Figure imgf000171_0001
Compound 2009A (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of MeOH- CH2CI2 (1:1 mixture) and reacted with trifluoroacetic acid (0.4 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days at room temp and then at 400C for 20 hours. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporator and the residue was purified by preparative TLC to yield compound 1522 (2 mg, 12% yield).
Example 943
Figure imgf000171_0002
Step i.
943A (0.35 g, 2.35 mmol) in 5 mL NMP was treated with Cs2CO3 (1.15 g, 3.5 mmol). The flask was equipped with a dry ice acetone trap and difluoro choro methane gas was bubbled for 2 h. another portion of CS2CO3 (2.68 g, 8.2 mmol) was added excess of difluoro choro methane gas was bubbled in before the bubbling was stopped and the reaction was stirred overnight. Another portion of CS2CO3 (2.68 g, 8.2 mmol) was added excess of difluoro choro methane gas was bubbled in and the reaction was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with 15 mL CH2CI2 and washed with water (2 X 15 ml_) and brine (1x15 mL). The organics were dried and concentrated to yield a crude which was purified by silica-gel prep plate chromatography using 3:1 ethyl acetate: hexane to yield 230 mg of pure product 943B.
Step 2.
Compound 943B (600 mg, 3.01 mmol) was dissolved in THF (40 mL) and DMPU (6 mL) and potassium f-butoxide (406 mg, 3.61 mmol) was added and stirred at rt for 2 h. Chloro pivalate (0.656 mL, 4.52 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with NH4CI-H2O and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 X 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated to yield a crude which was purified by silica-gel prep plate chromatography using 1 :3 ethyl acetate: hexane to yield 700 mg of pure product 943C.
Step 3.
Compound 943C (1.4 g, 4.47 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2(20 mL) and cooled to 0 0C. TMS bromide (1.13 mL, 8.58 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 2 h and it was slowly warmed up to rt. Solvent was removed and it was dried under vacuum to give compound 943D (1.2g, 92%).
Step 4.
Compound 308 (1.05 g, 4.3 mmol) and compound 943D (1.1 g, 3.76 mmol) were dissolved in THF (40 mL) and cooled to -3O0C. NaH (518 mg, 12.95 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at -12°C. Acetic acid was added slowly and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes to 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded the desired product 943E (1.3 g, 76%).
Step δ
The two isomers were separated using a chiral AD column. One gram of material was injected into the column and the two peaks were separated by using a solvent mixture of 90% hexanes/2-propanol. The first isomer was the desired compound 943F (400 mg, 80%).
Step 6:
Compound 943F (450 mg, 1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 ml_) and cooled to 00C. Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred for 20 min at 00C. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide compound 943G (380 g, 99%). The product was used without purification.
Step 7
Compound 943G (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) was combined with 3-iodopyridine (40 mg, 2.0 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2CI2 (1 mg, cat.), CuI (2.5 mg, cat.), diisopropylamine (0.04 mL, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) and stirred at 700C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO2, 66% EtOAc/Hexanes) afforded the desired product 943H (46 mg, 77%).
Step 8. Compound 943H (46 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in 7 M ammonia solution (2 mL) and stirred in a sealed pressure tube at 900C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The crude material was treated with EtOEt and the solid was collected by suction filtration to provide compound 943 (28 mg, 68%).
Example 2014
Figure imgf000174_0001
2014G
Stepi
A solution of 2001 A (515 mg, 2.12 mmol) and 2014A (730 mg, 2.54 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was cooled to -50C and treated with NaH (60% dispersion, 370 mg, 9.25 mmol) portionwisely. The mixture was stirred for 8 h at the temperature and was poured to a mixture of cold aqueous NH4CI solution and EtOAc. After stirring for 0.5 h, the organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography (1 to 7% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford 2014B (600 mg, 72% yield).
Step 2 A solution of 2014B (600 mg, 1.51 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was treated with TBAF (1 M solution in THF, 1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol) at 0 0C. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at the temperature and poured to a mixture of ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by Siθ2 column chromatography (30% EtOAc in hexane) to afford 2014C (329 mg, 73% yield).
Step 3
A mixture of 2014C (168 mg, 0.56 mmol), 2005C (124 mg, 0.58 mmol), Pd(PPh3J2CI2 (4.0 mg, 6 μmol), CuI (21 mg, 110 μmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.39 mL, 0.24 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) was purged with N2 and heated to 70 0C. After heating for 17 h, the mixture was cooled to 250C and the mixture was poured to an ice-water. The organic layers were extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (1 to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford racemic 2014D (183 mg, 76% yield). The active enantiomer of 2014D was separated by chiral HPLC on chiral OD column (IPA/hexane = 1 :3) to afford active isomer 2014D (50 mg).
Step 4
2014D (49 mg, 0.11 mmol) was placed in a pressure vessel and dissolved in ammonia in MeOH (7 N solution, 7 mL). The solution was heated to 80 0C for 18 h and cooled to 250C followed by concentration. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (7% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford hydantoin 2014E (not shown, 35 mg, 84% yield). 2014E (34 mg, 0.089 mmol) was dissolved in 10% MeOH in CH2CI2 (3 mL) and was treated with 4 N HCI in dioxane (0.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25 0C for 18 h and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2014F (34 mg, quant). Step 5
A mixture of 2014F (18 mg, 0.055 mmol), 2014G (18 mg, 0.06 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (48 μl_, 0.28 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was heated to 60 0C. The mixture was stirred for 16 h at the temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water, brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (10% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford 1533 (7 mg, 28% yield).
Example 2015
Figure imgf000176_0001
Step i
A solution of 2014B (193 mg, 0.52 mmol) in CH2CI2 (3 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) at 250C. The mixture was stirred for 2 h at the temperature and concentrated in vacuo to afford 2015A (280 mg, quant.).
Step 2 A mixture of 2015A (580 mg, 1.2 mmol), 2015B (435 mg, 1.22 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.85 mL, 4.88 mmol) in DMF (7 ml_) was heated to 80 0C. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at the temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water, brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (0 to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford racemic 2015C (180 mg, 28% yield). The active enantiomerof 2015C was separated by chiral HPLC on chiral OD column (IPA/hexane = 1 :3) to afford active isomer 2015C (68 mg).
Step 3
A solution of 2015C (68 mg, 0.12 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was treated with TBAF (1 M solution in THF, 0.16 mL, 0.16 mmol) at 00C. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at the temperature and poured to a mixture of ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layers were extracted by EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO,*), and concentrated in vacuo to provide desilylated compound after SiO2 column separation (0 to 5% MeOH in CH2CI2). The desilylated compound (48 mg, 0.098 mmol) was placed in a pressure vessel and dissolved in ammonia in MeOH (7 N solution, 10 mL). The solution was heated to 700C for 18 h and cooled to 250C followed by concentration to afford crude 2015D (39 mg, 82% yield in 2steps).
Step 4
A mixture of 2015D (39 mg, 0.089 mmol), 3-iodopyridine (37 mg, 0.18 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2CI2 (1.4 mg, 9 μmol), CuI (1.4 mg, 2 μmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.027 mL, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was purged with N2 and heated to 700C. After heating for 3 h, the mixture was cooled to 25 0C and purified by column chromatography on a reverse phase C-18 column (0.01%HCO2H in water/0.01% HCO2H in CH3CN) to afford 1534 (27 mg, 59% yield). Example 2016
Figure imgf000178_0001
Step i
To a suspension of 2016A (1.46 g, 9.73 mmol) and K2CO3 (4.03 g, 29.2 mmol) in DMF (35 ml_) in a 3-neck 100 ml_ flask equipped with dryice condenser was bubbled CF2CIH gas and the mixture was heated to 700C. After 16 h stirring at the temperature, the mixture was cooled to 250C and diluted in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with water, brine solution, dried (Na2SO-O, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (CH2Cb) to afford 2016B (900 mg, 46% yield).
Step 2
A suspension of 2016B (428 mg, 2.14 mmol) in water (2.5 mL) was treated with 1N NaOH solution (2.14 mL, 2.14 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 1000C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo. The residual solid was dried by azeotropic distillation with tolune and dissolved in DMF (2.5 mL). The solution was treated with iodomethane (0.4 mL, 6.42 mmol) at 25 0C for 4 h followed by addition to ice-water. The organic layers were extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO-O and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (CH2CI2) to afford 2016C (326 mg, 66% yield).
Step 3
A solution of 2016C (50 mg, 0.22 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was treated with tribromophosphine (20 μL, 0.22 mmol) at 25 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at the temperature for 20 h and added to aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layers were extracted with CH2CI2 and the combined organic solution was washed with brine solution, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (CH2CI2/hexane = 1:1) to afford 2016D (16 mg, 25% yield).
Example 2017
Figure imgf000179_0001
Step i
2014C (73 mg, 0.24 mmol) was placed in a pressure vessel and dissolved in ammonia in MeOH (7 N solution, 5 ml_). The solution was heated to 80 0C for 18 h and cooled to 25 0C followed by concentration. The residue was purified by SiO2 column chromatography (1 to 10% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford 2017A (20 mg, 33% yield).
Step 2
2017 A (20 mg, 0.08 mmol) in MeOH (2 ml_) was treated with 4 N HCI in dioxane (1 mL) at 25 0C. The mixture was stirred at the temperature for 20 h and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude 2017B (19.6 mg).
Step 3 A mixture of 2017B (19.6 mg, 0.103 mmol), 2016B (37 mg, 0.12 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.11 mL, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was heated to 60 0C. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at the temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (5% MeOH in CH2CI2) to afford 2017C (11 mg, 32% yield). Example 1087
Figure imgf000180_0001
Step 7
Figure imgf000180_0002
10871 1087
Step i
Neat ethyl chloroformate (12.5 ml_, 14.3 g, 132 mmol) was added dropwise over -10 min to a stirred, ice-cold solution of Compound 1087A (18.9 g, 125 mmol) and triethylamine (18.2 mL, 13.3 g, 132 mmol) in CH2Ck (400 ml_). The solution was stirred at O 0C for 1.5 h, after which solvents were removed by evaporation. The resulting liquid was dissolved in EtOAc (~400 mL) and the resulting solution was washed sequentially with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine (~100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give Compound 1087B as a pale yellow liquid (26.9 g, 96%).
Step 2 The transformation of Compound 1087B to Compound 1087C was carried out following the procedure of Sail and Grunewald, in Sail, D.J.; Grunewald, G.L. J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30, 2208-2216.
Step 3
The conversion of Compound 1087C to Compound 1087D was carried out following the procedure given in Example 300A, Step D.
Step 4
The conversion of Compound 1087D to Compound 1087E was carried out following the procedure given in Example 300A, Step E.
Step 5
Compounds 1087F (2.45 g, 10.1 mmol) and 1087E (2.86 g, 10.6 mmol) were admixed. Dry THF (80 ml.) was added and the resulting suspension was cooled to -78 0C and stirred for 30 min. LHMDS solution (20 mL, 1 M in THF, 20 mmol) was added dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 0C for 2 h. Saturated aq. ammonium chloride solution (100 mL), followed by EtOAc (250 mL), were added to the stirred reaction mixture and the temperature was allowed to rise to rt. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting crude product was purified by sgc (10-100% EtOAc-hexane gradient) to afford Compound 1087G (2.70 g, 62%) as a beige solid.
Steps 6, 7, 8
Compound 1087G was converted to Compound 1087 in a three-step sequence following the procedure given in Example 300B, Steps D through F.
Example 1099 ,.OMe Step 1 Step 2
Figure imgf000182_0001
1099A 1099B
Figure imgf000182_0002
Figure imgf000182_0003
Step 7
Figure imgf000182_0004
1099H 1099
Compound 1099 was prepared by following the procedure given in Example 1087, but starting with commercially available 4-methoxyphenethylamine (Compound 1099A) instead of 3-methoxyphenethylamine (Compound 1087A).
Example 1570
Figure imgf000182_0005
1570A 1570
Compound 1570A was prepared from Compound 400 and 4-iodobenzoic acid by sequential application of the procedures given in Parts H and I in Example 400. Solid carbonyl diimidazole (19 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of Compound 1570A in THF (200 μL). The solution was stirred at 70 0C for 1.5 h, and was subsequently allowed to cool to rt. Solid cyclopropanesulfonamide (17 mg, 0.14 mmol) and DBU (43 μL, 43 mg, 0.29 mmol) were added sequentially and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL). The solution was washed sequentially with 0.1 N aq hydrochloric acid (~25 mL), water (~25 mL) and brine (~25 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSCM, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an off-white solid. The crude product was purified by PTLC (3:1 EtOAc-hexanes + 1% HCO2H) to afford the desired Compound 1570 (24 mg, 48% yield) as a beige solid.
Proton NMR spectral data for certain of the Compounds are set forth below:
Compound 400B. 1H NMR (400 Hz, DMSO-d6) «5 11.2 (s, 1 H), 8.8 (s, 1 H), 8.6 (m, 2H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H).
Compound 417C. 1H NMR (400 Hz, DMSOd6) δ 12.05 (s, 1H), 11.14 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.19 (m, 1H)1 4.59 (dd, J = 6.4 Hz1 16.8 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H)
Compound 424. 1H NMR (400 Hz, DMSO-de) δ 11.22 (s, 1 H), 8.90 (d, 1 H, J = 1.0 Hz), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7,72 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.19 ( m, 2H), 6.97 ( m, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.18 (s, 3H), 4.12 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H).
Compound 447. 1H NMR (400 Hz1 DMSO-d6) .δ 8.85 ( br s, 1 H), 7.02 (br s, 1H), 7.91-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.77 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.61 (t, J = 8.20 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.53 Hz, 1 H), 7.23 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 4.64 - 4.5 (m, 2H), 4.15 - 4.01 (m, 2H)1 3.82 (s, 3H). Compound 494. 1H NMR (400 Hz. DMSOd6) .δ 11.2 (s, 1 H), 8.9 <s, 1 H),
8.7 (bs, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1 H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.3 (m, 2H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 2H), 4.5 (dd, 2H1 J = 17 Hz, 33 Hz), 4.05 (dd, 2H, J = 14 Hz, 20 Hz), 3.8 (s, 3 H).
Compound 507. 1H NMR (400 Hz, DMSO-d6) jδ 11.2 (s, 1 H), 8.9 (S1 1 H),
7.8 (d, 1 H), 7.5 (m, 1 H), 7.4 (s, 1 H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H)1 4.6 (dd, 2H, J= 17 Hz, 26 Hz), 4.05 (dd, 2H, J = 14 Hz, 30 Hz), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H).
Compound 554. 1H NMR (400 Hz, DMSOd6) δ 11.27 (s, 1 H), 8.93 (d, 1 H, J = 1.2 Hz), 7.96 (bs, 2H) 7.52 (d, 1H, J = 8.4Hz), 7.23 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 1H)1 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H).
Compound 555. 1H NMR (400 Hz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.73 (s, 1H), 11.14 (s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.52 (dd, J = 25.6 Hz, 17.6 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H).
Compound 516. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.91 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (m, 3H)1 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 4.55 (dd, J = 36.8 Hz, 17.2 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H).
Compound 490. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 10.9 (bs, 1 H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 7.6 (m, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.1 (m, 3H), 4.5 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H).
Compound 442. 1H NMR (400 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 11.36 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H)1 9.08 (d, 1h, J = 1.7 Hz), 8.66 (d, 1H, J = 6.1 Hz), 8.45 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 8.29 d, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 8.19 (dd, 1H, J = 0.9, 7.2 Hz), 7.89 (dd, 1H, J = 7.6, 8.2 Hz), 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.25 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 4.29 (d, 1H, J = 14.0 Hz), 4.15 (d, 1H, J = 13.9 Hz), 3.82 (s, 3H) Compound 930. 1H NMR (500 Hz, MeOH-d4) .δ 7.95 (d, 1 H, J =4 Hz), 7.67 (dd, 1H, J =10 Hz, 1.5 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, J =8.5Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H, J =2.5 Hz), 7.22 (dd, 1H1 J =2.5Hz, 8.5 Hz), 6.67 (dd, 1H1 J =8 Hz, 5 Hz), 4.67 (q, 2H, J =17 Hz), 4.36 (d, 1H, J =14 Hz), 4.15 (d, 1H, J =14.5 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 943. 1H NMR (500Hz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.630 (s, 1H), 8.568 (dd, J=2.0Hz, 5.1Hz, 1H), 7.925 (dt, J=1.5Hz, 8.2Hz, 1H), 7.648 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.57(s, 1H), 7.452 (m, 2H), 6.940 (t, J=73.1Hz, 1H), 4.731 (dd, J=16.4Hz, 56.7Hz, 2H), 4.267 (dd, J=23.1Hz, 14.2Hz, 2H).
Compound 960. 1H NMR (500Hz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.492 (s, 2H), 8.137 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.490 (d, J=8.5Hz, 1H), 7.337 (d, J=2.8Hz, 1H), 7.217 (dd, J=8.5Hz, 2.5Hz, 1H), 4.673 (dd, J=55.2Hz, 17.3Hz, 2H), 4.280 (dd, J=37.8Hz, 14.2Hz, 2H), 3.877 (s, 3H).
Compound 972. 1H NMR (500Hz, MeOH-d4) δ 9.319 (s, 1H), 8.159 (s, 1H), 8.083( d, J=8.5Hz, 1H), 7.547 (dd, J=2.3Hz, 8.6Hz, 1H), 7.482 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.334 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H)1 7.209 (dd, J=8.5Hz, 2.5Hz, 1H), 4.669 (dd, J=59.9Hz, 16.7Hz, 2H), 4.277 (dd, J=29.6Hz, 14.8Hz, 2H), 3.871 (s, 3H).
Compound 1003. 1H NMR (500 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 11.32 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (d, 1H1 J = 4.5 Hz), 8.07 (d, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.55 (d, 1 H, J = 8 Hz), 7.50 (t, 1H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.21 (m, 2H), 4.62 (d, 1H1 J = 17 Hz)1 4.56 (d, 1H1 J = 17 Hz), 4.18 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.09 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H).
Compound 1256. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) j5 11.23 (s, 1 H), 10.84 (s, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H)1 7.55 (H, J = 8 Hz), 7.50 (d, 1 H1 J = 9 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H1 J = 9 Hz), 7.23 (d, 1H1 J = 2.5 Hz), 7.20 (dd, 1H, J = 8, 2.5 Hz), 4.62 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.54 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz)1 4.11 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 4.07 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz)1 3.83 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H). Compound 1009. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) .6 12.63 (bs, 1 H), 11.24 (s, 1H), 8.90 (S, 1H), 8.57 (bs, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.40 (bs, 1H), 7.33 (bs, 1 H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 4.62 (d, 1H1 J = 16.5 Hz), 4.56 (d, 1 H, J = 16.5 Hz), 4.15 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz), 4.06 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz), 3.84 (S1 3H).
Compound 1012. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.27 (s, 1 H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1 H)1 7.79 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.50 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.26 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.20 (dd, 1 H1 J = 9, 2.5 Hz)1 4.64 (d, 1 H, J = 17.5 Hz), 4.58 (d, 1 H, J = 17.5 Hz), 4.18 (d. 1H1 J = 14.5 Hz)1 4.09 (d, 1 H1 J = 14.5 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H).
Compound 1253. 1H NMR (500 MHz1 DMSO-d6) δ 11.27 (s, 1 H)1 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.72 (S, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.63 (s, 1H)1 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz)1 7.53 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.25 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.20 (dd, 1H, J = 8. 2.5 Hz), 4.63 (d, 1H, J = 17.5 Hz), 4.56 (d, 1H, J = 17.5 Hz), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.15 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.09 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H).
Compound 1015. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) .δ 11.27 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.25 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.20 (dd, 1H, J = 8, 2 Hz), 7.14 (d, 1H1 J = 7.5 Hz), 4.65 (d, 1H1 J = 17.5 Hz), 4.61 (d, 1 H, J = 17.5 Hz), 4.30 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.15 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.83 (s, 3H).
Compound 1155. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6) δ 8.90 (bs, 1H), 8.51 (d of d, 1H, J = 8 Hz, J = 2 Hz), 7.94 (d, 1H, 8 Hz), 7.49 (d, 1H, 9 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.23 (d of d, 1 H, J = 9 Hz, 2 Hz), 4.69 (d, 1 H, J = 17 Hz), 4.60 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.35 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.22 (d, 1H, 14 Hz)1 3.88 (s, 3H). Compound 1152. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6) δ 7.46-7.51 (m, 3H)1 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H, J = 9 Hz), 6.66 (bs, 1H)1 4.68 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz). 4.57 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz)1 4.30 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.23 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.87 (s, 3H).
Compound 1129. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6).δ 7.67 (s, 1 H), 7.51-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 4.74 (d, 1H1 J = 17 Hz), 4.61 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1133. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6) .δ 7.90-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.57- 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 4.70 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.60 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.28 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 4.22 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 3.88 (S1 3H).
Compound 1134. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6).δ 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.88 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.60 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.28 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 4.23 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1136. 1H NMR (500 MHz1 MeOH-d6) δ 7.88-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.55- 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.15 (m, 3H), 4.69 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.59 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.28 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.21 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.87 (S1 3H).
Compound 1146. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d6) δ 7.50-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H1 J = 8 Hz), 7.37-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.14 (m, 1H), 5.48 (S, 1H), 4.69 (d. 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.55 (d, 1H, J = 17Hz), 4.23 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.20 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.83 (s, 3H).
Compound 1132. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6) δ 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.34- 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.55-6.52 (m, 1H), 4.73 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.60 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.30 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 4.27 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 3.86 (s, 3H).
Compound 1091. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.44-7.51 (m, 3H)1 7.33 (d, 1H, J = 2H), 7.22 (dd, 1 H, J = 8 Hz, 2 Hz), 4.70 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.59 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.27 (d, 1H, J = 14.5 Hz)1 4.21 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1063. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) .δ 7.48 (d, 1H1 J = 8.5 Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.28 (bs, 1H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.70 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.58 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.28 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz)1 4.21 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1070. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) .δ 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (d, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.32 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.22 (dd, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz, 2 Hz), 7.17 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1 H, J = 16.5 Hz), 4.57 (d, 1 H, J = 16.5 Hz), 4.16-4.28 (m, 4H)1 3.88 (S, 3H).
Compound 1090. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) .δ 7.48 (d, 1H1 J = 8.5 Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.18-7.23 (m, 3H), 4.69 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.57 (d, 1H1 J = 17 Hz), 2.24 (d, 1H, J = 14.5 Hz), 2.21 (d, 1H, J = 14.5 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1092. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) .δ 8.80 (s, 1 H), 8.62 (bd, 1H, J =12 Hz), 7.89 (dt, 1H, J = 8.3 Hz, 2 Hz), 7.83 (d, 1H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.43- 7.47 (m, 1H), 6.91 (dd, 1H, J = 8 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 6.86 (d, 1 H, J = 2.5 Hz), 4.14 (d, 1 H, J = 13.5 Hz), 4.02 (d, 1H, J = 13.5 Hz), 3.81 (s, 3H)1 3.68-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.67 (m, 1H), 2.88-3.01 (m, 2H).
Compound 1098. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) ,δ 8.91 (s, 1 H)1 8.21 (bs, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H1 J = 6 Hz), 7.17-7.26 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, 1 H, J = 17 Hz), 4.57 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.17 (d, 1H, J = 13.5 Hz), 4.08 (d, 1H, J = 13.5 Hz), 3.83 (s, 3H)1 2.47 (s, 3H).
Compound 1069. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.47 (d, 1H1 J = 8.5 Hz), 7.32 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.21 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz, 2.5 Hz), 7.15 (dd, 1H, J = 8 Hz, 1 Hz), 7.12 (d, 1H, J = 1 Hz), 7.01 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 4.70 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.59 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.26 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.20 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H).
Compound 1099. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.2 (s, 1 H), 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.66 (bd, 1H, J = 4 Hz), 7.99 (dt, 1 H, J = 8 Hz, 2 Hz)1 7.52- 7.56 (m, 1 H), 7.40 (d, 1 H, J = 3 Hz), 7.24 (d, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.08 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz, 3 Hz), 4.17 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 4.07 (d, 1H, J = 14 Hz), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.69-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.67 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.96 (m, 2H).
Compound 1502. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6) δ 11.31 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.24 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz)1 7.21 (dd, 1H1 J = 8.2 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 4.63 (d, 1H, J = 17.1 Hz), 4.57 (d, 1H, J = 17.1 Hz), 4.16 (d, 1 H, J = 13.9 Hz), 4.11 (d, 1 H, J = 13.9 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 1.19 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz).
Compound 1505. 1H NMR (500 MHz1 DMSOd6) δ 11.25 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.76 (S, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.45 (d, 1H, J = 9.4 Hz), 7.25 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.21 (dd, 1H1 J = 8.5 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 7.13 (dd, 1H, J = 9.4 Hz, 1.6 Hz), 4.63 (d, 1 H, J = 17.1 Hz), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 17.1 Hz), 4.13 (d, 1H, J = 14.2 Hz), 4.08 (d, 1H, J = 14.2 Hz), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
Compound 1513. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dβ).δ 11.31 (s, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H)1 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz, 1.9 Hz), 8.04 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.78 (brs, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.24 (d, 1H1 J = 2.4 Hz), 7.21 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz1 2.4 Hz), 4.63 (d, 1H, J = 17.1 Hz), 4.57 (d, 1H, J = 17.1 Hz)1 4.17 (d, 1H1 J = 13.9 Hz)1 4.11 (d, 1H1 J = 13.9 Hz)1 3.84 (s, 3H).
Compound 1519. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.18 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, 1H, J = 1.2 Hz)1 7.91 (d, 1H1 J = 2.6 Hz), 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 8.3 Hz)1 7.20 (m, 3H)1 4.60 (d, 1 H, J = 17.0 Hz)1 4.51 (d, 1 H, J = 17.0 Hz)1 4.05 (s, 2H)1 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 3H)1 1.97 (s, 3H).
Compound 1520. 1H NMR (500 MHz1 DMSO-d6) .δ 11.28 (s, 1 H), 8.97 (d, 1H5 J = 1.2 Hz), 8.06 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, 1H1 J = 8.5 Hz), 7.41 (dd, 1H, J = 8.7 Hz, 1.6 Hz), 7.25 (d, 1H1 J = 2.4 Hz)1 7.21 (dd, 1H1 J = 8.5 Hz1 2.4 Hz), 4.64 (d, 1H1 J = 17.1 Hz)1 4.57 (d, 1H1 J = 17.1 Hz), 4.31 (s, 3H), 4.16 (d, 1H, J = 13.8 Hz), 4.12 (d, 1H, J = 13.8 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H).
Compound 1523. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) .δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H1 J = 1.0 Hz), 7.53 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.48 (d, 1H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.43 (dd, 1H, J = 8.6 Hz, 1.4 Hz)1 7.34 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz)1 7.21 (dd, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz, 2.6 Hz), 4.71 (d, 1 H, J = 17.1 Hz)1 4.62 (d, 1H, J = 17.1 Hz), 4.30 (d, 1H, J = 14.2 Hz), 4.19 (d, 1H1 J = 14.2 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1220B. 1H NMR (500 Hz, dmso-d6) .δ 8.9 (bs, 1 H1), 7.95 (d, 2H1 J = 5Hz)1 7.64 (d, 2H, J = 5Hz), 7.6 (d, 1H1 J = 3 Hz)1 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H, J = 3Hz), 4.6 (dd, 2H1 J =16Hz, 9 Hz)1 4.15 (dd, 2H, J =16 Hz, 9 Hz), 3.82 (s, 3H).
Compound 1206. 1H NMR (500 Hz1 dmso-d6) δ 8.9 (bs, 1 H,), 7.52 (d, 1 H, J = 5Hz), 7.2 (m, 2H), 4.6 (dd, 2H, J = 8 Hz, 28 Hz ), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 212 (s, 3H). Compound 1201. 1H NMR (500 Hz, dmso-d6) .δ 8.92 (s, 1H1), 7.64 (d, 1 H, J = 6Hz), 7.2-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.4 (d, 1H, J = 6 Hz), 6.72 (bs, 1 H), 4.62 (d, 1 H, J =8Hz), 4.58 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H).
Compound 1200. 1H NMR (500 Hz, dmso-d6) δ 8.92 (s, 1 H1), 8.65 (m, 2H), 7.4-7.75 (m, 5H)1 4.66 (dd, 2H, J =16 Hz, 24 Hz),4.15 (m, 2H).
Compound 1220. 1H NMR.(500Hz, dmso-d6). 8.449(s.1H), 7.93(s,1H), 7.73 (t, 1H, J= 1.892 Hz), 6.55(d, 1H, J= 2.522 Hz), 6.69(d, 1H, J=8.512Hz), 6.41 (dd, 1H1 J= 2.52Hz, J =8.51 Hz), 4.46-4.40(m, 1H), 3.87(dd, 2H, J=17.02Hz, J=54.85Hz) , 3.48(dd, 2H, J= 14.187Hz, J= 51.703Hz), 3.067(s, 3H), 0.92(d, 6H, J=6.62Hz).
Compound 1552. 1H NMR (500 Hz, CD3OD) δ 8.11 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (d, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.11-7.25 (m, 3H), 4.72 (d, 1H, J= 17 Hz)5 4.60 (d, 1H, J = 17 Hz), 4.31 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz), 4.23 (d, 1 H, J = 14.5 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H).
Compound 1562. 1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d6) δ 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H) (bs, 1H), 7.57-7.55(m, 2H), 7.48 (d, 1H, 9 Hz), 7.32 (d, 1H, J = 3 Hz), 7.22 (d of d, 1 H, J = 9 Hz, 3 Hz), 4.69 (d, 1H, J = 18 Hz), 4.58 (d, 1H, J = 18 Hz), 4.27 (d, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 4.21 (d, 1H, 15 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.37 (m, 1 H).
Compound 1576. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.23 (s, 1H), 10.83 (s, 1H), 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (br. s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.5 Hz1 1 H), 7.24 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, J = 17 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (d, J = 17 Hz1 1H), 4.11 (d, J = 14 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (d, J = 14 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H),.2.98 (m, 2H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications that are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.
Each document referred to herein is incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

Claims

THEREFORE, WE CLAIM:
1. A compound represented by Formula (I):
Figure imgf000193_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or isomer thereof, wherein: ring A is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown;
X is selected from the group consisting of -S-,-O-, -S(O)2-, S(O)-,
-(C(R3)2)m- and -N(R3)-; T is alkynyl;
V is selected from the group consisting H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and N-oxides of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and N oxides of said heteroaryl and heterocyclyl contains two radicals on same or adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring, wherein each of the aforementioned cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one to four R10 moieties which can be the same or different;
Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -(C(R4)2)n-, -N(R4)-, -C(O)N(R4)-, -N(R4)C(O)-, -N(R4)C(O)N(R4)-, -S(O)2N(R4)-, -N(R4)-S(O)2-, -O-.-S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, -<C(R4)2)n-, -N(R4)-, -C(O)N(R4)-, -N(R4)C(O)-, -N(R4)C(O)N(R4)-, -S(O)2N(R4)-, -N(R4)- S(O)2-, -O-.-S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, and -S(O)2-; m is 1 to 3: n is 1 to 3;
R is selected from the group consisting of H, cyano, alkynyl, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight- membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of the R1 alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with the five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties which can be the same or different; with the proviso that when Y is -N(R4)-, -S -or -O-, then R1 is not halogen or cyano;
R is selected from the group consisting of H1 cyano, alkynyl, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein when each of said cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight- membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of the R2 alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, optionally with the five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties which can be the same or different; with the proviso that when Y is - N(R4)-, -S -or-O-, then R2 is not halogen or cyano; each R3 is the same of different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl; each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -alkylcydoalkyl, - alkyl-N(alkyl)2, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro,
-C(R4)=N-OR4, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)2, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -N(R4)S(O)2R4, -N(R4)- C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4J-S(O)2R4, -S(O)2N( R4J-C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4JC(O)NR4 -S(O)2N(R4)2, -N(R4J-C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)2> - N(R4)C(O)N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4)2> -S(O)2N( R4^C(O)-R4, -N(R4)-C(=NR4)-N(R4)2> -N(R4)-C(=N-CN)-N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4J2, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl, wherein each of the R10 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R30 moieties which can be the same or different; or wherein two R10 moieties, when attached to the same or adjacent carbon atoms may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;
20
R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro,
-C(R4J=N-OR4, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4J2, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -N(R4)S(O)2R4, -N(R4)- C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4J-S(O)2R4, -S(O)2N(R4)-C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4JC(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)NR4 -S(O)2N(R4)2, -N(R4J-C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4J2, - N(R4)C(O)N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4)-C(O)-R4, -N(R4)-C(=NR4)-N(R4)2, -N(R4)-C(=N-CN)-N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)2, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl; wherein when each of said R20 aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are. attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of said R20 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with one to four moieties selected independently from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, cyano, nitro, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), and
-N(alkyl)2; or when two R20 moieties when attached to the same or adjacent carbon atoms may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring;;
30
R is selected from the group consisting of cyano, nitro,
-C(R4)=N-OR4, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)2, -S(O)R4, -S(O)2R4, -N(R4)S(O)2R4, -N(R4)- C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4)-S(O)2R4, -S(O)2N(R-O-C(O)-R4, -C(O)N(R4JC(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)C(O)NR4 -S(O)2N(R4J2, -N(R4)-C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4J2, - N(R4)C(O)N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4)2, -S(O)2N(R4J-C(O)-R4, -N(R4)-C(=NR4)-N(R4)2, -N(R4)-C(=N-CN)-N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)2, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl; wherein when each of said R30 aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl and cycloalkyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein each of said R30 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl, optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted with one to four moieties selected independently from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, cyano, nitro, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), and -N(alkyl)2; or when two R30 moieties when attached to the same or adjacent carbon atoms may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein said isomer is a stereoisomer.
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein ring A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, and
Figure imgf000197_0001
each of which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein said ring A is phenyl which is substituted with -Y-R1 and -Z-R2 as shown.
5. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X is selected from the group consisting of -(C(R3)2)m- and -N(R3)-.
6. The compound of claim 5, wherein X is -(C(R3)2)m, wherein m is 1 or 2.
7. The compound of claim 6, wherein m is 1.
8. The compound of claim 1 , 6, or 7, wherein R3 is H.
9. The compound of claim 1 , wherein T is -C≡C-.
10. The compound of claim 1 , wherein V is selected from the group consisting of H1 aryl, heteroaryl, and N-oxide of said heteroaryl; wherein when each of the aforementioned aryl, and heteroaryl contains two radicals on same or adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atom(s) to which they are attached to form a five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl and heteroaryl optionally with said five or six-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one to four R10 moieties which can be the same or different.
11. The compound of claim 9, wherein V is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, imidazoly, benzimidazolyl, furazanyl, pyridyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, quinolinyl, isopquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl,
Figure imgf000197_0002
ı97
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R10 moieties such that the number of R10 moieties per V group does not exceed four.
12. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, nitro, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R )2, -S(O)2R4-, - S(O)2N(R4)2, -haloalkoxy, -C(O)OR4, -C(O)R4, -C(O)N(R4)2, -C(O)N(R4)- S(O)2R4, -C(R4J=N-OR, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R30 moieties which can be the same or different; or wherein two R10 moieties, when attached to the same carbon atom are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclyl ring;
4 each R is the same or different and is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, -alkylcycloalkyl, -alkyl-N(alkyl)2, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and
30
R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, heterocyclyl, -C(R4)=N-OR, -O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, -N(R4J2, and - C(O)N(R4)2, wherein said R30 alkyl is substituted with a -NH2.
13. The compound of claim 12, wherein R10 is selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkoxy, cyano, - S(O)2-alkyl, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -alkyl-heterocyclyl, -cycloalkyl-NH2, -S(O)2-NH2, -S(O)2alkyl, - C(O)NH2, hydroxy, -C(O)N(H)(cycloalkyl), -C(O)N(H)(alkyl), -N(H)(cyc!oalkyl), -C(O)O-alkyl, -C(O)OH, -S(O)2N(H)(alkyl), -S(O)2OH, -S-haloalkyl, -S(O)2- haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, -O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, -alkyl-O-alkyl- cycloalkyl, -C(O)alkyl, aminoalkyl, -alkyl-NH(alkyl), -alkyl-N(alkyl)2, -CH=N-O- alkyl, -C(O)NH-alkyl-N(alkyl)2, -C(O)-heterocyclyl, and -NH-C(O)-alkyl, wherein each of said R10 aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), and - N(alkyl)2; or wherein two R10 moieties attached to the same carbon atom are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclyl ring.
14. The compound of claim 13, wherein R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, nitro, methyl, fluoro, bromo, trifluoromethyl, chloro, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, hydroxyl, cyano, - S(O)2CH3, -NH2, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -cyclopropyl-NH2>
Figure imgf000200_0001
-NH(cyclopropyl), -NH(CH3), -S(O)2-NH2, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)OH, - S(O)2N(H)CH3, -C(O)NH(CH3), -C(O)NH(cyclopropyl), -S(O)2OH, -S-CF3, - S(O)2-CF3, ethoxy, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, isopropoxy, -OCH2- cyclopropyl, -CH2O-CH2-cyclopropyl, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH3, -CH(CH3)OH, - CH2NH2, -CH(CH3)NH2, -CH2NH-CH3, -CH(CH3)OH, -CH2NHCH3, -CH=N- OCH3, -C(CH3)=N-OCH3, -C(O)OCH2CH3, -C(O)NHCH2CH2N(CH3)2, -NH- C(O)CH3,
Figure imgf000200_0002
or wherein two R >10 moieties, when attached to the same carbon atom are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form
Figure imgf000201_0001
15. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond and -O-.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein Y is a covalent bond.
17. The compound of claim 15, wherein Y is -O-.
18. The compound of claim 1 , wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond and — O-.
19. The compound of claim 18, wherein Z is — O-.
20. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with an aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein when said aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substitutent of said R1 alkyl optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties.
21. The compound of claim 1 , wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, halogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with an aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein when said aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring; wherein said aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl substitutent of said R1 alkyl optionally with said five- to eight-membered cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or optionally independently substituted with one to four R20 moieties.
22. The compound of claim 16, wherein R1 is halogen or cyano.
23. The compound of claim 22, wherein R1 is fluoro, chloro, or cyano.
24. The compound of claim 17, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, and alkynyl; wherein said R1 alkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with a heteroaryl, wherein when said heteroaryl contains two radicals on adjacent carbon atoms, said radicals may optionally be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a five- or six-membered aryl; wherein said heteroaryl substituent of said R1 alkyl, optionally with said five- or six-membered aryl is substituted with alkyl.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of CH3, -CH2-C≡C-CH3, difluoromethyl, and
Figure imgf000202_0001
26. The compound of claim 1 , wherein, the compound of Formula (I) is represented by the compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000202_0002
wherein in formula (III), X is -(CH2)i-2-. and T, V, Y, R1, and R3 are as set forth in Formula (I).
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein X is -CH2-.
28. The compound of claim 1 , wherein, the compound of Formula (I) is represented by the compound of formula (IV):
Figure imgf000203_0001
wherein in formula (IV), X is -(CH2)i-2-> T, V, Y, R1, and R3 are as set forth in Formula (I).
29. The compound of claim 28, wherein X is -CH2-.
30. A compound selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof.
31. The compound of claim 30, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000275_0002
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
Figure imgf000278_0001
Figure imgf000279_0001
Figure imgf000280_0001
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000284_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof.
32. The compound of claim 31 , selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000284_0002
Figure imgf000285_0001
or a pharmace
Figure imgf000286_0001
.
33. A compound of claim 1 in purified form.
34. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
35. A method of treating disorders associated with TACE, TNF-α, MMPs1 aggrecanase, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
36. A method of treating disorders associated with TACE, TNF-α, aggrecanase, MMPs, ADAMs or any combination thereof, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition of claim 33.
37. A method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, periodontitis, gingivitis, corneal ulceration, solid tumor growth and tumor invasion by secondary metastases, neovascular glaucoma, inflammatory bowel disease, multiple sclerosis and psoriasis in a subject, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
38. A method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of fever, cardiovascular conditions, hemorrhage, coagulation, cachexia, anorexia, alcoholism, acute phase response, acute infection, shock, graft versus host reaction, autoimmune disease and HIV infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
39. A method of treating a condition or disease selected from the group consisting of septic shock, haemodynamic shock, sepsis syndrome, post ischaemic reperfusion injury, malaria, mycobacterial infection, meningitis, psoriasis, congestive heart failure, fibrotic diseases, cachexia, graft rejection, cancers such as cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diseases involving angiogenesis, autoimmune diseases, skin inflammatory diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and colitis, osteo and rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis, adult Still's disease, ureitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Behcehe disease, Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, sciatica, complex regional pain syndrome, radiation damage, hyperoxic alveolar injury, periodontal disease, HIV, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, systemic lupus erythematosus, glaucoma, sarcoidosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, retinal disease, scleroderma, osteoporosis, renal ischemia, myocardial infarction, cerebral stroke, cerebral ischemia, nephritis, hepatitis, glomerulonephritis, cryptogenic fibrosing aveolitis, psoriasis, transplant rejection, atopic dermatitis, vasculitis, allergy, seasonal allergic rhinitis, reversible airway obstruction, adult respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and bronchitis in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
40. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with COPD, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
41. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with rheumatoid arthritis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
42. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with Crohn's disease, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
43. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with psoriasis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
44. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with ankylosing spondylitis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
45. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with sciatica, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
46. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with complex regional pain syndrome, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
47. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with psoriatic arthritis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof.
48. A method of treating a condition or disease associated with multiple sclerosis, comprising: administering to the subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or isomer thereof, in combination with a compound selected from the group consisting of Avonex®, Betaseron, Copaxone or other compounds indicated for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
49. The method of claim 36, further comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of disease modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDS), non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)1 cycloxygenase-2 selective (COX-2) inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, biological response modifiers (BRMs), anti-inflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
50. A method of claim 37, further comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-inflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
51. A method of claim 38, further comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of DMARDS, NSAIDs, COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, BRMs, anti-inflammatory agents and H1 antagonists.
PCT/US2007/001025 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders WO2007084451A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002637196A CA2637196A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
BRPI0706599-0A BRPI0706599A2 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP07716634.6A EP1973901B1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
JP2008551310A JP2009523796A (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
AU2007207707A AU2007207707A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
IL192690A IL192690A0 (en) 2006-01-17 2008-07-08 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
NO20083567A NO20083567L (en) 2006-01-17 2008-08-15 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US75930006P 2006-01-17 2006-01-17
US60/759,300 2006-01-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007084451A1 true WO2007084451A1 (en) 2007-07-26

Family

ID=38038495

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/001030 WO2007084455A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
PCT/US2007/001025 WO2007084451A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/001030 WO2007084455A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2007-01-16 Hydantoin compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Country Status (17)

Country Link
US (4) US7524842B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1973901B1 (en)
JP (2) JP2009523797A (en)
KR (2) KR20080085222A (en)
CN (2) CN101410390A (en)
AR (2) AR059037A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2007207707A1 (en)
BR (2) BRPI0706599A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2637198A1 (en)
EC (2) ECSP088625A (en)
IL (2) IL192691A0 (en)
NO (2) NO20083567L (en)
PE (2) PE20071240A1 (en)
RU (2) RU2008133382A (en)
TW (2) TW200736247A (en)
WO (2) WO2007084455A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200806072B (en)

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010036640A2 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-04-01 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2010054279A1 (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-05-14 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US7902352B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2011-03-08 Medtronic, Inc. Isolated nucleic acid duplex for reducing huntington gene expression
WO2012005229A1 (en) 2010-07-08 2012-01-12 科研製薬株式会社 N-hydroxyformamide derivative and pharmaceutical containing same
US8569336B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2013-10-29 Ling Tong Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP2705024A1 (en) * 2011-05-03 2014-03-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Alkyne benzotriazole derivatives
US9266886B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2016-02-23 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9447072B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2016-09-20 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone derivative and pharmaceutical containing same
US9481674B1 (en) 2016-06-10 2016-11-01 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9518041B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2016-12-13 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (+)-5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-[(3-methyl-2-oxopyridin-1(2H)-yl)methyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione and drug containing same
US9663515B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2017-05-30 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9796710B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2017-10-24 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9845308B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2017-12-19 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoindoline inhibitors of ROR-gamma
WO2018002437A1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 Orion Corporation Benzodioxane derivatives and their pharmaceutical use
US10112915B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2018-10-30 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10183934B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-01-22 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic [4,6,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10301261B2 (en) 2015-08-05 2019-05-28 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Substituted indoles as modulators of ROR-gamma
WO2020007275A1 (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 江苏恒瑞医药股份有限公司 Pyridopyrimidine derivative, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
US10555935B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2020-02-11 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 2-spiro-5- and 6-hydroxamic acid indanes as HDAC inhibitors
US10829481B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2020-11-10 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Benzimidazole derivatives as modulators of ROR-gamma
US10913739B2 (en) 2017-07-24 2021-02-09 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, LLC (121374) Inhibitors of RORγ
US11008340B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2021-05-18 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Modulators of ROR-gamma
US11186573B2 (en) 2017-07-24 2021-11-30 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Inhibitors of ROR gamma

Families Citing this family (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AR050169A1 (en) 2004-07-16 2006-10-04 Schering Corp COMPOSITE FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS
US7488745B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2009-02-10 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US7504424B2 (en) * 2004-07-16 2009-03-17 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
NZ556732A (en) 2005-01-25 2011-11-25 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp Pyrazine compounds for inflammation and immune-related uses
WO2007021803A1 (en) * 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
PE20071240A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2008-01-14 Schering Corp HYDANTOIN-DERIVED COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS
US20090175852A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2009-07-09 Schering Corporation Imidazopyrazines as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2008027466A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Schering Corporation Hydantoin derivatives useful as antibacterial agents
CN101186611B (en) * 2006-11-15 2011-05-18 天津和美生物技术有限公司 Pyrroline-2-one derivative capable of inhibiting cell to release tumor necrotic factor and its preparation and application
CN101186612B (en) * 2006-11-15 2012-10-03 天津和美生物技术有限公司 Pyrroline derivative capable of inhibiting cell to release tumor necrotic factor and its preparation and application
EP2331528B1 (en) 2008-09-24 2020-05-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
AR092971A1 (en) * 2012-10-26 2015-05-06 Lilly Co Eli AGRECANASA INHIBITORS
CN104803861B (en) * 2014-01-27 2017-05-24 上海博邦医药科技有限公司 Method for synthesizing tapentadol hydrochloride
EP3321256A4 (en) * 2015-07-09 2019-04-03 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Novel imide derivatives and use thereof as medicine
CN105153048B (en) * 2015-07-31 2017-10-24 苏州大学 A kind of preparation method of 2,4 quinazoline diones class compound
TWI806385B (en) 2016-07-20 2023-06-21 瑞士商諾華公司 Aminopyridine derivatives and their use as selective alk-2 inhibitors
US10357493B2 (en) 2017-03-10 2019-07-23 Selenity Therapeutics (Bermuda), Ltd. Metalloenzyme inhibitor compounds
CN107382679A (en) * 2017-07-12 2017-11-24 安徽省诚联医药科技有限公司 The preparation method of Dapagliflozin intermediate
CN107311962A (en) * 2017-07-12 2017-11-03 安徽省诚联医药科技有限公司 The preparation method of the net intermediates of Yi Palie
CN107573311A (en) * 2017-08-09 2018-01-12 江苏工程职业技术学院 A kind of synthetic method of Dapagliflozin
CN107556309B (en) * 2017-09-11 2020-12-01 浙江永宁药业股份有限公司 Pharmaceutical application of polysubstituted tetrahydronaphthyridine compound and preparation method thereof
MX2022006176A (en) 2019-11-22 2022-08-17 Incyte Corp Combination therapy comprising an alk2 inhibitor and a jak2 inhibitor.
WO2021204185A1 (en) * 2020-04-10 2021-10-14 深圳信立泰药业股份有限公司 Benzo[d]azepine derivative as inhibitor of aggrecanase-2, preparation method therefor, and pharmaceutical use thereof
CN113754635A (en) * 2020-06-02 2021-12-07 成都康弘药业集团股份有限公司 Fused ring compound and preparation method and application thereof
EP4164641A1 (en) 2020-06-16 2023-04-19 Incyte Corporation Alk2 inhibitors for the treatment of anemia

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002074751A1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2002-09-26 Astrazeneca Ab Metalloproteinase inhibitors
WO2004024721A1 (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-03-25 Astrazeneca Ab Hydantoin derivatives und deren verwendung als tace inhibitoren
WO2004033632A2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2004-04-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hydantoin derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases and/or tnf-alpha converting enzyme (tace)
WO2006019768A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-02-23 Schering Corporation Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6228869B1 (en) 1996-10-16 2001-05-08 American Cyanamid Company Ortho-sulfonamido bicyclic hydroxamic acids as matrix metalloproteinase and TACE inhibitors
TR200202211T2 (en) 1999-08-18 2002-11-21 Warner-Lambert Company Hydroxamic acid compounds useful as matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors
ES2215893T3 (en) 2000-03-17 2004-10-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company DERIVATIVES OF BETA-AMINO ACIDS AS INHIBITORS OF METALOPROTEASES OF MATRIX AND TNF-ALFA.
CN1509275A (en) 2001-03-15 2004-06-30 Metalloproteinase inhibitors
CA2447475A1 (en) 2001-05-25 2002-12-05 Chu-Biao Xue Hydantion derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases
WO2003053941A2 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-07-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Barbituric acid derivatives as inhibitors of tnf-alpha converting enzyme (tace) and/or matrix metalloproteinases
WO2003053940A1 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-07-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Barbituric acid derivatives as inhibitors of tnf-$g(a) converting enzyme (tace) and/or matrix metalloproteinases
AU2003261319A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-02-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hydantoin derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases and/or tnf-alpha converting enzyme
GB0221250D0 (en) 2002-09-13 2002-10-23 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
ATE443044T1 (en) 2002-12-19 2009-10-15 Vertex Pharma TACE INHIBITORS
US7488745B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2009-02-10 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US7504424B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2009-03-17 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
PE20071240A1 (en) 2006-01-17 2008-01-14 Schering Corp HYDANTOIN-DERIVED COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS
WO2008027466A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Schering Corporation Hydantoin derivatives useful as antibacterial agents

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002074751A1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2002-09-26 Astrazeneca Ab Metalloproteinase inhibitors
WO2004024721A1 (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-03-25 Astrazeneca Ab Hydantoin derivatives und deren verwendung als tace inhibitoren
WO2004033632A2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2004-04-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hydantoin derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases and/or tnf-alpha converting enzyme (tace)
WO2006019768A1 (en) * 2004-07-16 2006-02-23 Schering Corporation Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Cited By (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7902352B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2011-03-08 Medtronic, Inc. Isolated nucleic acid duplex for reducing huntington gene expression
WO2010036640A2 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-04-01 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2010036640A3 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-08-12 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2010054279A1 (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-05-14 Schering Corporation Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US8541572B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2013-09-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US8569336B2 (en) 2008-11-10 2013-10-29 Ling Tong Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2012005229A1 (en) 2010-07-08 2012-01-12 科研製薬株式会社 N-hydroxyformamide derivative and pharmaceutical containing same
EP2705024A1 (en) * 2011-05-03 2014-03-12 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Alkyne benzotriazole derivatives
EP2705024A4 (en) * 2011-05-03 2014-12-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Alkyne benzotriazole derivatives
US9447072B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2016-09-20 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone derivative and pharmaceutical containing same
US10000476B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2018-06-19 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridone derivative, pharmaceutical containing the same and methods of use thereof
US9518041B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2016-12-13 Kaken Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (+)-5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-5-[(3-methyl-2-oxopyridin-1(2H)-yl)methyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione and drug containing same
US10047085B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2018-08-14 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9624217B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2017-04-18 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US11535614B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2022-12-27 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US10399976B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2019-09-03 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US10807980B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2020-10-20 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9266886B2 (en) 2014-02-03 2016-02-23 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9796710B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2017-10-24 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US10087184B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2018-10-02 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of RORγ
US9663515B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2017-05-30 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US9845308B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2017-12-19 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoindoline inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US11001583B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2021-05-11 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US10442776B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-10-15 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10501424B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-12-10 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10239845B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-03-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US11891365B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2024-02-06 Valo Health, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10377726B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-08-13 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10214500B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-02-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10407418B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-09-10 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic [4,6,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10414738B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-09-17 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10421731B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-09-24 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10421732B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-09-24 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10428031B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-10-01 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10183934B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-01-22 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Bicyclic [4,6,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10450283B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-10-22 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10450284B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-10-22 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10457652B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-10-29 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10464910B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-11-05 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10464909B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-11-05 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10472337B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-11-12 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10479772B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-11-19 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10494353B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-12-03 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10494354B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-12-03 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10494351B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-12-03 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10494352B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-12-03 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10214501B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-02-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10513501B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2019-12-24 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US11702412B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2023-07-18 Valo Health, Inc. Bicyclic [4,6,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US11279681B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2022-03-22 Valo Health, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10112915B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2018-10-30 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10822316B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2020-11-03 Valo Early Discovery, Inc. 3-aryl-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US11274084B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2022-03-15 Valo Health, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10829462B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2020-11-10 Valo Early Discovery, Inc. 3-alkyl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10829461B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2020-11-10 Valo Early Discovery, Inc. 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US11274085B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2022-03-15 Valo Health, Inc. 3-aryl-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10870645B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2020-12-22 Valo Early Discovery, Inc. Bicyclic [4,6,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10988450B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2021-04-27 Valo Early Discovery, Inc. 3-alkyl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10829448B2 (en) 2015-08-05 2020-11-10 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Substituted benzoimidazoles as modulators of ROR-γ
US10301261B2 (en) 2015-08-05 2019-05-28 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Substituted indoles as modulators of ROR-gamma
US11008340B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2021-05-18 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Modulators of ROR-gamma
US10829481B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2020-11-10 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Benzimidazole derivatives as modulators of ROR-gamma
US9481674B1 (en) 2016-06-10 2016-11-01 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dihydropyrrolopyridine inhibitors of ROR-gamma
US10874649B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2020-12-29 Valo Early Discovery, Inc. 2-spiro-5- and 6-hydroxamic acid indanes as HDAC inhibitors
US10555935B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2020-02-11 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 2-spiro-5- and 6-hydroxamic acid indanes as HDAC inhibitors
US11730721B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2023-08-22 Valo Health, Inc. 2-spiro-5- and 6-hydroxamic acid indanes as HDAC inhibitors
WO2018002437A1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 Orion Corporation Benzodioxane derivatives and their pharmaceutical use
US10913739B2 (en) 2017-07-24 2021-02-09 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, LLC (121374) Inhibitors of RORγ
US11186573B2 (en) 2017-07-24 2021-11-30 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Llc Inhibitors of ROR gamma
WO2020007275A1 (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 江苏恒瑞医药股份有限公司 Pyridopyrimidine derivative, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007084455A1 (en) 2007-07-26
AR059037A1 (en) 2008-03-12
CN101410390A (en) 2009-04-15
CN101405286A (en) 2009-04-08
AU2007207707A1 (en) 2007-07-26
KR20080085221A (en) 2008-09-23
US20100120838A1 (en) 2010-05-13
NO20083567L (en) 2008-10-16
NO20083568L (en) 2008-10-16
EP1973901A1 (en) 2008-10-01
BRPI0706598A2 (en) 2011-04-05
CA2637198A1 (en) 2007-07-26
US7772263B2 (en) 2010-08-10
TW200736247A (en) 2007-10-01
KR20080085222A (en) 2008-09-23
US7524842B2 (en) 2009-04-28
US7683088B2 (en) 2010-03-23
EP1973900A1 (en) 2008-10-01
PE20071240A1 (en) 2008-01-14
US20070197564A1 (en) 2007-08-23
ECSP088626A (en) 2008-08-29
BRPI0706599A2 (en) 2011-03-29
RU2008133383A (en) 2010-02-27
US20070265299A1 (en) 2007-11-15
JP2009523797A (en) 2009-06-25
RU2008133382A (en) 2010-02-27
IL192690A0 (en) 2009-02-11
TW200738688A (en) 2007-10-16
ECSP088625A (en) 2008-08-29
EP1973901B1 (en) 2014-12-17
AU2007207711A1 (en) 2007-07-26
JP2009523796A (en) 2009-06-25
IL192691A0 (en) 2009-02-11
US20090156586A1 (en) 2009-06-18
EP1973900B1 (en) 2017-04-05
AR059036A1 (en) 2008-03-12
PE20071241A1 (en) 2008-01-14
US8178553B2 (en) 2012-05-15
ZA200806072B (en) 2009-04-29
CA2637196A1 (en) 2007-07-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1973901B1 (en) Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP1778676B1 (en) Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US7687527B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2010054279A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP2331528B1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP2346857B1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US7879997B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
MX2008009295A (en) Hydantoin derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US20090239890A1 (en) Spiro substituted cyclopropane compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
MX2008009297A (en) Hydantoin compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
MX2008009284A (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007716634

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12008501597

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 569664

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: 192690

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007207707

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 08072547

Country of ref document: CO

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2637196

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 3651/CHENP/2008

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008551310

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2008/009295

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007207707

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070116

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020087019782

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008133383

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780009185.0

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0706599

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20080717